QA10-G-1057 - G02 - Scope of Work

ENGINEER’S STAMP: CONTRACTOR’S STAMP:
1 ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM 1 Disciplines Poelzer December 2019

0 ISSUE FOR TENDER DOCUMENTS Disciplines Poelzer October 2019
REV DESCRIPTION PREPARED CHECKED DATE
SALINE WATER CONVERSION CORPORATION

KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
SHOAIBA QUAIZA B WATER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
ILF & PARTNERS ENGINEERING PSC
PROJECT SPECIFICATION G02
LOCATION: TITLE:
SCOPE OF WORK
SCALE: DOCUMENT No.: REV:
Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 1
SUBCONTRACTOR:
Sheet 1 of 181
Scope of Work
Subject: Page 2 of 181
Pipe Laying and Station Construction Works
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
LIST OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION 7
1.1 Scope of this Specification 7
1.2 Responsibilities of the Contractor(s) 7
1.3 Survey of Existing Facilities 8
1.4 Drawings 9
1.5 Definitions 9
1.6 Abbreviations 10
2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 15
3 DESIGN DATA AND SERVICE CONDITIONS 16
3.1 General 16
3.2 System Capacities and Flow Rates 16
3.3 Pipeline Segments and Length 16
3.4 Station, Elevations and Water Levels 16
3.5 Water Quality Data 17
3.6 Utilities 17
3.7 Climatologic Data 18
3.8 Noise Levels 19
4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 21
4.1 General Requirements 21
4.2 HCIS Requirements 23
4.3 Civil Engineering 24
4.4 Mechanical Engineering 25
4.5 Electrical and Control Engineering 26
4.6 Performance Guarantee 28
5 HYDRAULICS AND OPERATION 31
5.1 Scope of this Section 31
5.2 Hydraulic Design Principles 31
5.3 Philosophy of Operation 32
5.4 Control Levels and Control Modes 33
5.5 Safety Sequences and Safety Programs 34
5.6 System Control 35
5.7 Station and Unit Control 36
5.8 Station Control Regulation Loops 40
5.9 Stand-by Philosophy 41
I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
5.10 Hydraulic Calculations to be performed by the Contractor 42

5.11 General Data for Hydraulic Computations performed by the Contractor 44
6 PIPE STATIC 46
6.1 General 46
6.2 Computation Parameters 46
6.3 Computation Method 47
6.4 Cover and Backfill Compaction 49
7 PIPELINES 51
7.1 General 51
7.2 Route Description 51
7.3 Right of Way 51
7.4 Pipeline Construction 52
7.5 Major Crossings and Special Points 53
8 STATIONS 62
8.1 Scope 62
8.2 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station – PS-SH 62
8.3 Reservoir Station Jeddah South East – RS-JE 66
8.4 Tie-In Station Quaiza – TI-QA 68
8.5 Vent, Drain and Washout Stations 69
8.6 Battery Limits 70
8.7 Contract Limits 70
9 WATER STORAGE STEEL TANKS 72
9.1 General 72
9.2 Design Requirements 72
9.3 Foundations for Steel Tanks 73
3
9.4 New 150,000 m Steel Tanks at Tank Farm Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station 73
3
9.5 New 170,000 m Steel Tanks at Reservoir Station Jeddah South East 74
10 STATION BUILDINGS 76
10.1 General 76
10.2 Buildings 76
11 FINISHING WORKS AND BUILDING INSTALLATIONS 86
11.1 General 86
11.2 Master Builders Works 86
11.3 Platforms, Ladders and Handrails 89
11.4 Furniture and Equipment for Technical Buildings 89
11.5 Furniture and Equipment for Non-Technical Buildings 89
11.6 Electrical Installation 89

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
11.7 Fire Detection and Alarm System 90

12 CIVIL WORKS 91
12.1 Design Sequence for Civil Works 91
12.2 Earth Works 91
12.3 Roads and Traffic Areas 92
12.4 Station Areas 93
12.5 Equipment Foundations and Shafts 93
12.6 Water Supply System 93
12.7 Sewage System 94
12.8 Storm Water and Discharge Systems 94
12.9 Fences and Gates 95
13 MECHANICAL WORKS 96
13.1 General Design Criteria for Mechanical Works 96
13.2 Station Piping 96
13.3 Station Valves 100
13.4 Pumps 108
13.5 Cooling Water Systems 112
13.6 Surge Vessel Plants 114
13.7 Chlorination Equipment 115
13.8 Fire Protection Systems 116
13.9 Air Condition and Ventilation 116
13.10 Cranes 122
13.11 Service Air Systems 123
14 POWER SUPPLY AND ELECTRICAL WORKS 124
14.1 General Requirements 124
14.2 Power Supply Configuration 125
14.3 Power Transformers 129
14.4 Medium Voltage Switchgear 129
14.5 Electrical Motors 130
14.6 Variable Speed Drive 130
14.7 Medium Voltage Reactive Power Compensation Equipment 131
14.8 Low Voltage Switchboards 132
14.9 Emergency Generators 132
14.10 UPS Equipment 134
14.11 Cabling 134
14.12 Earthing and Lightning Protection 134
14.13 Outdoor Lighting 135

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
15 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL 136

15.1 Scope 136
15.2 Central Control 138
15.3 All required extensions (e.g. hardware, software, licenses) are part of the scope of work.
Modification/replacement works at WPCC is subject to final design and approval by
SWCC/Engineer. Station and Unit Control 138
15.4 Leak and Leak Location Detection 141
15.5 Field Instrumentation 141
15.6 Fire Detection System 142
15.7 SWCC Dispatch Center 143
15.8 Uniformity of Equipment 144
15.9 Software Development and Integrated Factory Acceptance Test (IFAT) 144
16 COMMUNICATION 145
16.1 General 145
16.2 FOC Network 146
16.3 Network Topology 147
16.4 Process Network 147
16.5 Telephone and Office Network 147
16.6 Network Management System 149
16.7 Security System 150
16.8 Special Tools 151
18 MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION, EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS 155
18.1 Responsibility of the Contractor 155
18.2 Basic Information on the SWCC Organization 156
18.3 Familiarization of SWCC Personnel 156
18.4 Policies and Procedures 156
18.5 Forms to be Supplied 157
18.6 Equipment and Special Tools 157
19 START-UP AND TESTS UPON COMPLETION 158
19.1 General 158
19.2 Check-out and Tests for Mechanical Completion and Commissioning 158
19.3 Line fill, Start-up and Tests on Completion 159
20 FAMILIARIZATION OF EMPLOYER’S O&M PERSONNEL 160
20.1 Responsibility and Objective 160
20.2 Familiarization Program 160
20.3 Special Requirements for DCS/SCADA System 161
21 HIGH VOLTAGE SUBSTATION 162

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
21.1 General Scope of Work 162

21.2 Electrical Equipment and Facilities 162
21.3 SAS / Control and Protective Relaying Requirements 174
21.4 Mechanical Work 178
21.5 Civil Works 179

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope of this Specification
The scope of this Project Specification G02 is to describe the “SHOAIBA QUAIZA B WATER
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM” and to define the basic layout, the design and construction
requirements and the performances to be guaranteed. Further scope is to list the required key
equipment including the main data and the necessary functions.
This Project Specification also describes the contract limits to existing and future installations, as
well as the internal battery limits between individual Packages, including the necessary co-
ordinations and responsibilities.
In this respect this Project Specification G02 shall be treated as the principal technical document
of the various Contract Documents and is considered to specify the minimum requirements of the
Project. The stipulations in the Project Specification G02 are ruling over the stipulations of the
SWCC Standard Specifications, the room book, the drawings and documents of Volume XII and
XIII.
More detailed information on the layout and characteristics of the above mentioned Water
Transmission System and the procedures to be followed during the project realization can be
found in the drawings, in the standard specifications and in the particular data sheets.
“SHOAIBA QUAIZA B WATER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM” shall be designed to transport water
from the new Shoaiba – Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH) to the existing Reservoir Station Quaiza
(RS-QA), via the new Reservoir Station Jeddah East (RS-JE).
1.2 Responsibilities of the Contractor(s)
By definition of the Contract Documents, the Construction Contract comprises the engineering,
procurement and construction of the Works (EPC), including – but not being limited to – the
design, manufacture, shop testing, transport and delivery to the site, storage on site, construction,
finishing, start-up, tests on completion, instruction of Employer’s personnel and warranty
obligations.
The vital parts and components of the Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System will be
described in detail in this Project Specification G02 and in other sections of the Contract
Documents, however, this description must be considered to be the basic tender design only.
This holds especially true for the Pipeline System itself (consisting of the mainline, pump station,
reservoir station and tie-in station) in order to show the hydraulic, structural and operational
considerations upon which the preliminary calculation of the pipe wall thickness is based.
Following the spirit of a turn-key Contract it shall be the Contractor’s obligation to carefully study
this design and its implication for the pipework and for the system performance.
As the Contractor(s) shall not have any comments concerning this matter, he (they) shall be
deemed to have fully identified himself (themselves) with the basic system layout and the
selection of pipework, after careful investigation, and he (they) shall take full responsibility for the
quality and performance of the entire System as defined in the Contract Documents.
The main responsibilities for all the different Contractor(s), with respect to design, supply and
construction activities are described below:
Pipeline Contractor
 Pipeline design, including survey and soil investigation for pipelines

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Coordination of pipe delivery program

 External coating and internal lining of bare pipes, including transportation
 Pipeline construction, including access and maintenance roads
 Conduit for Fibre Optic pipeline cable
 Vent-, Drain- and Wash-out stations
 Hydrostatic test and disinfection
 Cathodic protection for the pipelines
Station Contractor
 Overall system design, including hydraulics, SCADA, control and communication system
 Overall project coordination and interface coordination
 Design, supply and construction of pump station, reservoir station and tie-in station
 Design, supply and installation of the control and communication system
 Supply and installation of fibre optic cables for the complete system
 Design, supply and installation of the power supply facilities for the stations
 Cathodic protection for the station piping and tanks
 Tank construction
 Earthworks
 Start-up and tests upon completion for the complete system
 Maintenance organization, equipment and spare parts
 Familiarization and training
For more details reference is made to the stipulations contained in the contract documents, the
price schedules, the standard specifications and the descriptions contained in this Project
Specification G02.
1.3 Survey of Existing Facilities
1.3.1 Survey for Existing Facilities

As a first step it is the responsibility of the Contractor to inform himself about the actual condition
on site by identification of all visible installations and facilities, followed by the collection of all
available as-built documents and other information of existing facilities within the defined
construction site area or necessary for implementation of the Project.
However, the Contractor must not rely only on the as-built documentation since some documents
may not be complete and accurate and not all underground facilities may be shown on the
drawings. Therefore, it is the responsibility of each Contractor to perform detailed survey of any
existing facilities in the planned construction site areas (pump station, reservoirs, buildings, shafts,
piping, cabling, etc.) before commencement of any design and construction works. This is not
limited to visible above ground facilities, but shall cover also all below ground facilities. The survey
works shall include at least:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Topographical survey in compliance with the specification

 Detection of underground lines and cables by suitable locator devices
 Trial pits for allocation of underground facilities
 Identification of underground lines, type, make, diameter, etc.
 Identification of underground cables, type, voltage level, etc.
For the detection and identification works of underground facilities the support of the respective
owners and operators of the services may be required.
Temporary or permanent relocation of existing pipes and / or cables may be required to clear the
construction space for the new installations.
In case public roads and traffic areas must be closed partly to allow survey and detection works,
the permission from the responsible traffic police and road department must be obtained. All the
required traffic safety measures (sign boards, barriers, warning lights, etc.) must be considered for
these works and shall be part of the contract scope.
Several as-built and design documents of existing or future projects of SWCC or Third Parties are
provided with Volume XIII. Some drawings of Volume XII are also based on as-built or design
documents. It is the obligation of the Contractor to verify the correctness of the data. No extra
payment will be allowed in case the drawings do not comply with the actual status on site.
1.4 Drawings
The drawings (Volume XII of the Contract Documents) are intended to portray the basic layout of
the SHOAIBA QUAIZA B WATER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM and to define the minimum
requirements regarding dimension and quality according to the specifications.
The drawings cannot show exact final dimensions and requirements, which will depend upon the
size and shape of the equipment selected by the Contractor. This is especially applicable to all
drawings of buildings and, to a certain extent, to the station layout plans. In these cases the
Contractor shall determine the locations, dimensions and internal arrangement of sites in such a
way that they meet the design requirements and all applicable specifications.
No extra payment will be allowed, if during the final design stage it becomes apparent that anyone
site or installation must be enlarged in order to meet the respective requirements.
The overall route maps and kmz-files issued by the Engineer along with the Tender/Contract
Documents shall only define the general route to be followed. In case deviations are necessary
with respect to the pipeline route, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to conduct all necessary
investigations concerning any possible impact to the costs for the construction works and any
possible impact on the operational costs. Major deviations, which would change the hydraulic
system, are not acceptable. The final approval of the pipeline route will be granted by the
Employer.
As a general rule all drawings shall be produced in A1 size with reduction to A3 size. For pipeline
alignment sheets the size of A0 may be used.
1.5 Definitions
“System“ shall mean the Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System, containing the
complete works including the pipeline segments and all stations.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
“Mainline” shall mean all pipeline segments (with all accessories like cathodic protection
facilities, etc.), which connect the initial pump station and the terminal station with each other. The
pipeline segments together with these stations form the backbone of the system.
“Station” shall mean all works for the system which are related to the initial pump station or a
distributed endpoint as well as all other special locations along the pipeline routes (e.g. vent
station). When referring to a “station” without specifying a certain part thereof, this expression
shall mean all installations at the given location.
“Endpoint Station” shall mean the general term for a station, being the endpoint of a main line.
“Reservoir Station” shall mean all installation at the given high point location of the mainline
including erection of new reservoir(s) or tank(s)
“Tie-in Station” shall mean all installations at the given endpoint location of the main line
including connecting the new pipeline system to an existing pipeline system, station or tanks.
“Final Design / Detail Design” shall mean the design to be performed by the Contractor in
accordance with the requirements stipulated in the Contract Documents.
“Contractor” shall mean the Station Contractor and Pipe Laying Contractor if not otherwise
specified
1.6 Abbreviations
1.6.1 Authorities
SWCC Saline Water Conversion Corporation
HCIS High Commission for Industrial Security
MEWA Ministry of Environment, Water and Agriculture
MOT Ministry of Transportation
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NWC National Water Company
SAUDI ARAMCO former named ARAMCO (Arabian-American Oil Company)
SEC Saudi Electricity Company
STC Saudi Telecommunication Company
WHO World Health Organization

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
1.6.2 Project Specific Abbreviations

Systems:
Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System
Pump Station:
PS-SH Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station
Stations and Terminals:

RS Reservoir Station
RS-JE Reservoir Station Jeddah South East
TI Tie-in / Tie-in Station
TI-QA Tie-In Station Quaiza
1.6.3 Units
AC Alternating Current
DC Direct Current
km Length or chainage, kilometer
LSI Langlier Saturation Index
mlc Pressure, metres liquid column, according to Bernoulli formula
barg Relative pressure, gauge pressure = bar
bara Absolute pressure, including atmospheric pressure
dB (A) Sound pressure level, decibel
m³/d Flow rate, cubic metres per day
m³/h Flow rate, cubic metres per hour
m³/s Flow rate, cubic metres per second
masl Elevation, metres above sea level
°C Temperature, Degree Celsius

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
1.6.4 General Abbreviations

CM Cement Mortar
CPS Cathodic Protection System
CWS Cooling Water System
EL Elevation
EMG Emergency Diesel Generator
FF Fire Fighting
FFT Fire Fighting Tank
FBE Fusion Bonded Epoxy
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
IC Isolation Coupling
MDF Maximum Design Flow Rate
MAOP Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure
OHTL Overhead Tension Line
OM Operation and Maintenance
PK , KP Kilometer Point (pipeline)
PCCP Pre-stressed Concrete Cylinder Pipes
PIC Preliminary Inspection Check-Point
PS Pump Station
ROW Right of Way
S/S Substation
SV Surge Vessel
SWDC Seawater Desalination Code
UW Utility Water
VSD Variable Speed Drive
WQM Water Quality Monitoring
1.6.5 Operation
O&M Operation and Maintenance
SYSAD System Administrator is the Person responsible for configuration and
maintenance of the control system
(adj. SYSAD) This symbol signals that the indicated variable can be adjusted by the
System administrator only, but not by the Operator.
System Operator Person in Central Control Room (CCR), who is responsible for operation of
pipeline system

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Station Operator Person receiving instructions form the System Operator, who is responsible
for the operation of a station
1.6.6 Control and Communication Equipment and Functions:

CC Central Control
CCR Central Control Room
FOC Fiber Optic Cable
GPS Global Positioning System
HMI Human Machine Interface
I/O Input / Output (PLC interface)
LAN Local Area Network
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LDS Leak Detection System
NAS Network Attached Storage
PABX Private Automatic Branch Exchange
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
RI/O Remote I/O
RTU Remote Terminal Unit
SSS Station Safety Sequence
STATCON Station Control System
UNCON Unit Control System
TCS Communication System
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WAN Wide Area Network
1.6.7 Other Equipment and Functions:

AV Automatic Vacuum/De-Aeration Valve, Automatic Vent
CV Control Valve
ESD Emergency Shut-Down
FC Flow Control
FAH, FCH Flow Alarm High, Flow Control High
LC Level Control
LAH, LCH Level Alarm High, Level Control High
LAL, LCL Level Alarm Low, Level Control Low

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
PC Pressure Control
PI, PIT Pressure Indicator, Transmitter
PRV Pressure Relief Valve
PAH, PCH Pressure Alarm High, Pressure Control High
PAL, PCL Pressure Alarm Low, Pressure Control Low
PHFP Pump High Flow Protection
PLFP Pump Low Flow Protection
SD Shut-Down
TI, TIT Temperature Indicator, Transmitter
TLA Top Limit Alarm (at valve)
FLOW-PATH The FLOW PATH defines the segments and sections of the system which
are subject of the FLOW PATH supervision (unscheduled valve closure).
MOV Motor Operated Valve
RMU Ring Main Unit

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This chapter intends to give a summarized description of the necessary works, stations, pipelines
and main components of the Project.
More detailed description regarding the equipment to be installed, the station layouts and the
buildings are contained in the subsequent chapters of this Specification G02.
For a general overview of the overall SQWTS-B reference is made to the following drawing:
QP10-U-1125 Overall Route Map, Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System
The scope of the SQWTS-B is to transport potable water from Shoaiba pump station and storage
tanks to the endpoint Tie-In Station Quaiza via Reservoir Station Jeddah South East.
The starting point of the Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System (SQWTS-B) is the pump
station PS-SH were the dedicated pump group to the system is located. One line will transport
water to the new Reservoir Station Jeddah South East (RS-JE). At the reservoir station a tank
farm will provide enough capacity to store the potable water from a production of the desalination
plant of one day. A line will connect the RS-JE with the already existing Reservoir Station Quaiza.
At the existing reservoir station a new Tie-In Station Quaiza (TI-QA) will be constructed.
The maximum design flow rate (MDF) of the system as well as the maximum supply rate to the
endpoint are given in the chapter 3 below.
The main components of the (SQWTS-B) are
a) The pump group PS-SH located within the common pump station PS-SH taking suction from
the tank farm with 4 x 150,000 m³ storage tanks, with fixed speed booster pump units and
variable speed driven main pump units in parallel arrangement and all related facilities. Also
included is inlet and outlet connection piping to new Shoiba Phase 4 tank farm for pool
operation.
b) The pipeline with a diameter of 88” from PS-SH to the Reservoir Station Jeddah South East
(RS-JE) of approx. 102.7 km length.
c) The Reservoir Station Jeddah South East (RS-JE) with 2 x 170,000 m³ storage tanks and
additional tank farm platform for another 4 x 170,000 m³ storage tanks, exclusive tanks.
d) A gravity pipeline with a diameter of 72’’ from to the Reservoir Station Jeddah South East
(RS-JE) to the Tie-In Station Quaiza (TI-QA) of approx. 19.0 km length
e) The Tie-In Station Quaiza (TI-QA) located within the boundaries of the existing reservoir
station Quaiza with inlet control facilities.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
3 DESIGN DATA AND SERVICE CONDITIONS
3.1 General
This chapter provides information on the project design data, the water quality data, the ambient
conditions and climatologic data, etc., to be used by the Contractor(s) for the Design and the
Material Selection of the Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System.
3.2 System Capacities and Flow Rates
The design flow rates and capacities for the SQWTS-B are determined considering an operating
factor of 0.95 and are provided in the tables below.
Table 3-1: System Capacity and Flow Rates
Maximum Design
Station
Flow Rate (MDF)
[m³/d]
Shoaiba Pump Group (PS-SH) to Jeddah (RS-JE) 600,000/0.95 = 631,579
Reservoir Station Jeddah South East (RS-JE) to
300,000/0.95 = 315,789
Tie-In Station Quaiza (TI-QA)
3.3 Pipeline Segments and Length
The following pipeline segments have to be constructed for the project:
Table 3-2: Pipeline System and Segments
Pipeline Segment Diameter Approx. Length

[inch] [km]
Shoaiba Quaiza B WTS
Shoaiba Pump Group (PS-SH)
1 x 88” ~ 102.7 km
to Jeddah (RS-JE)
Reservoir Station Jeddah South East (RS-JE) to
1 x 72” ~ 19.0 km
Tie-In Station Quaiza (TI-QA)
3.4 Station, Elevations and Water Levels
The chainage (kilometer points along the route) and elevations of the individual project locations
are provided with the following tables. The chainage is based on the preliminary routes and shall
be adapted by the Contractor during final design.
The elevation system to be used for the project shall be Tide Staff Shoaiba (TSS), as used for the
existing pipelines in this area.
The below elevations are partially based on topographic survey, as-built or design documents. It
is the obligation of the Contractor to verify by topographic survey all elevations used for the
hydraulic calculations and design. No data of as-built documents shall be considered for design
without transferring it to the project elevation system by surveying a characteristic point of the
relevant structure.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The final station elevation shall be selected by the Contractor based on actual site conditions. All
station platforms shall be on an elevated pad to avoid flooding.
The station elevations shown on the layout drawings and mentioned below are binding for the
Contractor unless otherwise justified and approved by the Engineer. All elevations masl refer to
Tide Staff Shoaiba (TSS).
Table 3-3: Station, Elevation and Water Levels
Chainage Elevation Water Level Tank Remarks

Station
min/max Capacity
km masl masl m³
Shoaiba Quaiza
9.2 / 27.8
Pump Station 4 x 150,000 =
~0.0 8.6 (11.25 for pool Top-Inlet
PS-SH 600,000
operation)
Tank Farm
Shoaiba Quaiza
Pump Station ~0.0 6.6 - -
PS-SH
Reservoir Station
2 x 170,000 =
Jeddah South East ~102.7 150.00 150.60/169.90 Bottom Inlet
340,000
RS-JE
Tie-In Station
~121.7 103.00
Quaiza TI-QA
1 x 90,000 + Bottom Inlet at
Existing Quaiza 114.45 /
~121.7 113.15 2 x 50,000= existing 90,000
Reservoir 122.45
190,000 steel tank
3.5 Water Quality Data
As majority and permanent supply of water the new Shoaiba desalination plants Phase 6 and 7
will supply to the new Shoaiba tank farm. The following water quality data is applicable.
Table 3-4: Water Quality Data – Design Data for Water Transmission System
Parameter Symbol Unit Specification
Temperature T °C 26-36
pH pH - 8.0 – 8.6
Calcium Hardness CaH mg/l as CaCO3 36 – 50
Total Alkalinity TA mg/l as CaCO3 36 – 50
Chloride Cl mg/l max. 150
Residual Chlorine RCl mg/l 0.2 – 0.5
Total Dissolved Solids TDS mg/l max. 300
Langlier Saturation Index LSI (+)0.1 – (+)0.3
3.6 Utilities
3.6.1 Electrical Power Supply

The use of electrical power as the main energy source for the System is mandatory. The contract
limits to existing installations are binding design requirements.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The various voltage levels for electrical power supply feeders and distribution are defined in the
chapter 4.5.3 below.
3.6.2 Compressed Air

Compressed air is necessary for the surge vessels located at pump station PS-SH outlet. Air
compressor units including all auxiliary devices shall be provided as part of the contract.
For booster and main pump buildings a compressed air system shall be installed for maintenance
and cleaning purposes.
3.6.3 Cooling Water

Cooling water for the pumps (lubrication system, if applicable), the pump motors, the VSD units
and the fan filter units for the pump houses will be the product water received from the storage
tanks at PS-SH. For the VSD units separate chillers will be foreseen to reduce the water inlet
temperature for the VSD cooling units.
The cooling water system including heat exchangers, pumping equipment and all auxiliary
devices will have to be provided for the pump station as part of the contract.
3.6.4 Fire Water

The fire water system within the pump station including the fire pumps, the hydrant system and
the water spray system (if applicable) shall be provided as part of the contract.
3.6.5 Utility and Drinking Water

The utility and drinking water system shall be provided at each station, which will have pump
houses and/or electrical buildings and shall be supplied out of storage tanks / reservoirs or from
the station inlet line.
3.6.6 Diesel Generator

Emergency diesel generator including diesel storage tank (day tank) and supply system located at
pump station and reservoir station as per HCIS requirements are part of the contract.
3.6.7 Lubricants
Lube oil systems including all tanks, pumps, piping and lubricants for pumps, motors or any other
rotating machinery are part of the contract.
3.7 Climatologic Data
3.7.1 General
The air temperatures in the Jeddah area are very high from June to August, being in excess of
38,7°C. Generally winter temperatures remain below 20°C and can drop below 0°C.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Rainfall is very rare between May and October, moderate rain with heavy showers may occur
between November and April.
3.7.2 Design Parameters

The following climatologically data shall be used for equipment and building design:
 Maximum ambient temperature 50 °C

 Minimum ambient temperature 0 °C
 Maximum metal temperature in the sun 85 °C
 Design temperature for outdoor installations in the shade 55 °C
 Design temperature for installations within ventilated buildings 55 °C
 Design temperature for switchgears and control equipment 40 °C
(except server and workstation) within the buildings
(with air condition)
 Design temperature for control equipment 35 °C
(server and workstation) within buildings (with air condition)
 Maximum ambient humidity 100 %
 Wind loads and seismic loads as per SBC
3.8 Noise Levels
The maximum allowable noise levels within buildings and rooms shall not exceed the values listed
in the table below:
Table 3-5 Noise Levels:
Maximum Noise Level in the room

Room Types
[dB(A)]
Electrical Building
Office and Meeting Room 40
Ablution/Prayer Room 45
Control Room 40
Instrumentation Room 45
Switchgear Room 65
LV & UPS Room 65
Kitchens & Lounge 60
Lavatory 45
Battery Room 45
HVAC Room 80
Corridor, Entrance, Staircase 65
Store, Storage Room, Spare Room 65
Cable Cellar 65
Electrical Building Type 2 65
Main and Booster Pump Buildings 100

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Maximum Noise Level in the room

Room Types
[dB(A)]
Water Quality Monitoring Buildings 65
VSD Building 65
EMG and FF Building
Generator Room 110
Firefighting Room 80
Pump Room 90
Air Compressor Containers 100

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
4.1 General Requirements
4.1.1 Scope
This chapter covers the main design requirements which are binding for the Contractor’s design
even when presenting alternative proposals.
4.1.2 Codes and Standards

The work must be finally designed, manufactured and erected according to the specifications and
all accident prevention regulations and legal regulations in force in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
The entire material and equipment supplied and all the works carried out, as well as the
calculation sheets, the drawings, the quality and class of goods, the methods of inspection, the
constructional peculiarities of equipment and parts and the acceptance of partial plants, as far as
these are beyond the special requirements of the Specifications and the codes and standards
mentioned therein, shall in every respect comply with the technical codes of the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO).
Goods and special guarantees beyond the scope of the Specifications and ISO and IEC, shall at
least conform to the most recent edition of one of the following standards and codes:
Saudi Arabian: SASO, SSD, SBC, SWDC
International/European: EC, EN, IEC, ITU, ISO, WHO
American: ANSI, ASHRAE, ASHTO, ASME, ASTM, API, MSS, AWWA, AWS,
NFPA, IEEE, NEMA, NACE
German: VDE, VDI, AD, TRD, DIN, DVGW, VDEW
British: BS, BSI, BA, DWI, WRAS
Other internationally accepted standards, which ensure a quality equal to or higher than the
standards mentioned above, if an edition in the English language is available. The Contractor
shall provide a copy thereof and provide evidence that the proposed standard will ensure a quality
equivalent or higher than the standards referred in this document.
The Contractor shall strictly follow the most recent edition of the “Safety and Security Directives”
The Contractor must clearly state in his design his contemplated use of Standards and Codes for
all sections not covered by a detailed Specification both with regards to manufacture, erection and
construction as well as to inspection and testing.
Immediately after effective date of the Contract the Contractor shall supply an indexed list of all
standards, codes and associated standards referred to, to which the work is to be performed.
The Contractor shall comply with the quality assurance and quality control requirements specified
in quality standard ISO 9001.
The quality control systems and plans shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.
Contractor shall comply with all relevant Saudi Environmental Regulations.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
4.1.3 Basic Requirements

The most important design requirement is the continuous supply of water through the whole
System.
The System shall be designed to allow the execution of the tasks
 operation
 maintenance
 repairs
 administration
in safe, reliable, simple and economical way.
The equipment shall be sized for continuous operation at maximum capacity.
The worst case design principles shall be applied.
The design margins shall take into account wear and tear and fouling factors.
The pipeline systems shall be designed to operate satisfactory under all variations of load,
pressure, temperature, etc., as shall occur during normal usage under the prevailing
environmental conditions.
The best design shall be used to facilitate inspection, maintenance and repair.
Every reasonable precaution and provision for the safety of all personnel in charge of operation
and maintenance of the system shall be incorporated into the design.
Systems shall be designed for simple and economic local and remote operation.
The entire material and equipment performing similar duties shall preferably be of the same
manufacture and type, in order to allow interchangeability wherever possible, to reduce the
number of spare parts and to maintain uniformity of plants.
The main equipment for the project shall be produced at the original place of the manufacturer.
Due to the reliability requirements as detailed above only equipment and materials of proven
design and/or quality as defined below shall be used.
Proven design shall mean:
 no prototype shall be accepted.

 the manufacturer must have proven experience of at least 10 years in design, manufacture
and supply of high quality equipment of required type.
 the manufacturer must have supplied in the last 5 years at least 5 units, of his own make, of
the required type and size/capacity, matching with the specified type and size/capacity of
equipment for the project.
It is, however, admissible that the equipment has larger/smaller characteristics data, is different in
function, but is still comparable with respect to design and performance.
It will be the Contractor’s obligation to demonstrate why differences do not affect reliability, and to
obtain the Engineer’s approval.
In addition to the above requirements, the Bidder must comply with SWCC approval list of
vendors which issued by supply chain department for long lead items of project.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
4.1.4 Capacity and Operation

The system shall be designed for the throughput capacity as given in chapter 3.2 “System
Capacities and Flow Rates” of this Specification. The system shall be capable of operating at the
maximum design capacity for a period of 50 years.
4.1.5 Pipeline Route

The general pipeline route as described in Chapter 7 of this Specification and depicted in the
corresponding drawings is a vital part of the main design requirements, and is binding even if the
Contractor proposes alternatives. Short deviations or rerouting due to final design requirements
are to be considered.
4.1.6 Basic System Configuration

As a further design requirement, the basic system configuration as described in the relevant
chapters of this Specification has to remain unchanged.
4.1.7 Spare Part Availability

For all installed materials and equipment, especially for all mechanical, electrical and electronic
material and equipment, the approved supplier/manufacturer must guarantee that the spare parts,
especially required for the installed components will be available for at least 10 (ten) years after
the end of the project’s warranty period. Such confirmation should be provided by each supplier
together with the prequalification documents.
The availability of spare parts shall include the full technical and commercial support of the
vendor.
For all other standard spare parts, as well as standard wear and tear parts, the equipment design
must allow for material replacement by any other make and type of interchangeable standard
parts.
4.2 HCIS Requirements
For the SQWTS-B Project all safety and security requirements of HCIS shall be implemented. The
latest version of the HCIS Standards shall be applied. These include the SEC and SAF standards,
with directives for “industrial facilities” and “non-industrial facilities”.
Based on the provided design it is the obligation of the Contractor to develop the security basic
and detail design and construct, install, test, commission all safety and security systems.
For all works the Contractor has to engage an HCIS certified Subcontractor. Furthermore, the
Contractor shall engage independent safety and security consultants (certified by HCIS) for third
party review and supervision as detailed in the HCIS standards.
The following facility classes have been considered in the design (subject to further security
design and approval of HCIS).

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Table 4-1 HCIS Classification
Facility Classification
Pump Station Class 1
Reservoir Station Class 3
Pipeline Stations (Vent- and Drain Stations) Class 4
Also complete safety requirements as per HCIS standard shall be implemented by the Contractor.
4.3 Civil Engineering
4.3.1 General
All civil engineering and building works shall be designed in detail by the Contractor according to
the Specifications, the Saudi Building Code (SBC), the European Standard (EN), the German
Standard DIN, British Standard (BS) or relevant American Standards. If not specified elsewhere in
the Contract Documents one subject shall be designed by one standard to be approved by the
Employer (mixing of codes shall be avoided as far as possible).
4.3.2 Wind and Seismic Effects

Wind loads and seismic loads shall be determined according to Saudi Building Code (SBC).
Nature of occupancy for all process relevant buildings and structures and emergency facilities
shall be category IV. All non-process buildings can be category II
For tanks wind and seismic loads shall be determined according to Saudi Building Code (SBC)
and provisions made in the governing design code API650. For seismic design seismic use group
SUG III applies.
4.3.3 Design Loads

The design loads to be used in accordance with the Civil Specification shall be shown on the
calculation sheets to be submitted to the Engineer. All higher loads such as the loads exerted by
machinery, equipment, etc. which are in excess of the specified loads shall be taken into account
in the design. Any reduction in loads permitted for multi-story or of large area floors shall not be
valid for the loads of machines or fixtures.
4.3.4 Design of Foundations

The bases for the design of foundations are soil tests and borehole investigations, which shall be
performed by the Contractor. The design is subject to the Engineer’s approval. The total
settlements or other movements shall not exceed the limits defined in DIN 1054. Differential
settlements within the particular structures should be avoided. In no case shall differential
settlements exceed the allowable structural limits. Full provision shall be made for all expansions
and contractions during construction and during the lifetime of the structure. Foundations for
rotating or reciprocating plants shall be designed so as to ensure that no movement occurs in the
foundations as a result of dynamic loads. The transmission of vibrations shall be kept at a
minimum, so that adjacent structures are not detrimentally affected.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
4.3.5 Design of Buildings and Structures

The Contractor shall give full details on the materials he intends to use, as well as details
concerning the construction and calculation to achieve the requirements stipulated in the
Specifications. All these details are to be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The dimensions
of all the buildings and structures shall be such as to provide adequate space for safe installation
and proper operation and maintenance of all plant and equipment.
In his design the Contractor shall make full allowance for the provision of expansion joints where
necessary in buildings and structures. Special notice shall be taken to ensure proper weather
proofing for all points of the joints.
4.3.6 Steel Work Design

The steel work design shall be carried out according to the Specifications and applicable codes.
Full consideration shall be given to movement due to changes in temperature. Expansion joints
shall be provided where necessary.
Concerning the allowable deflections of particular structural parts, the Contractor shall refer to the
relevant standard Specifications.
Water pockets on roofs and lasting moisture from condensation have to be prevented by
structural means.
4.4 Mechanical Engineering

The main Standards and Codes referred to in the mechanical Specifications are as follows:
ANSI: American National Standards Institute
API: American Petroleum Institute
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning
ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials
AWS: American Welding Society
AWWA: American Water Works Association
DIN: German Institute for Standardization
EN: Euro Norm
ISO: International Organization for Standardization
MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association
SASO: Saudi Standards, Metrology and Quality Org.
SBC: Saudi Building Code
WHO: World Health Organization

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
In general, mechanical engineering shall be done in accordance with good engineering practice.
4.4.2 Uniformity of Equipment

The use of material components or systems of different make or type for purposes where the use
of equal type is also possible and reasonable is inadmissible.
For piping equipment (valves, joints, flow meters, etc.) with flanged ends of a size ≥ 62”,
coordination between equipment and pipe Manufacturer(s) is required in order to mate both the
equipment and the pipe flanges correctly, meeting the design parameters at the same time.
Attention must be also paid to the extension of the raised face of all these non-standard flanges in
conjunction with the width of the gaskets, so that the full function of the gasket is guaranteed. The
gasket shall not extend inside the line and the full sealing portion shall sit on the raised face.
4.4.3 General Requirements

The installation of machinery has to be designed in such a way that vibrations and noise during
operation are reduced to a minimum. The piping arrangement design shall be performed under
consideration of the requirement that piping components, valves, pump nozzles, etc. will be
exposed to minimum allowable stresses. This shall be achieved by a suitable layout and
disposition of the piping, expansion loops, anchor blocks, supports and flexible joints. The
suitability of the proposed piping arrangement shall be proven by a stress analysis, which is part
of the final design.
Special care shall be taken for the alignment and the grouting of the entire machinery. Detailed
requirements are given in the pertinent Mechanical Specifications.
All materials have to be carefully selected and checked for their suitability for the intended
serviced, especially regarding strength and long term corrosion, abrasion and cavitation
resistance.
For all materials coming into contact with drinking water, regardless whether permanently or
temporarily during erection or in similar situations, the requirements of the approved state health
institution have to be strictly fulfilled. Respective documents certifying and issued by DWI
(Drinking Water Inspectorate), WRAC (Water Research Commission), FDA (Food and Drug
Administration) or DVGW (Deutsche Vereinigung des Gas- und Wasserfaches) that such
materials are not injurious to human health have to be supplied by the Contractor.
4.5 Electrical and Control Engineering

The codes and standards to be followed for the power supply systems, control and supervisory
systems are as follows:
EC: Euro Code
EN: Euro Norm
IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission
ITU: International Telecommunication Union
VDE: Specifications, Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
DIN: German Institute for Standardization

VDI: Guiding Rules, Verband Deutscher Ingenieure
API: American Petroleum Institute
IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
BS: British Standard
SASO: Saudi Arabian Standard Organization
ECRA: Electricity & Co-Generation Regulatory Authority
SBC: Saudi Building Code
SEC: Saudi Electrical Company
In addition to above following codes to be followed:
The Saudi Arabian Grid Code.
The Saudi Arabia Distribution Code.
For more details see the pertinent Electrical, Control and Supervisory Specifications.
4.5.2 Uniformity of Equipment

During selection of electrical and control/supervisory components and materials, special care has
to be taken that the number of different material components and systems is reduced to a
minimum.
It is inadmissible to use material components or systems of different make or type for purposes
where the use of equal type is also possible and reasonable.
This holds especially true for all main system components and for all wearing parts such as signal
lamps, luminaries, miniature circuit breakers, contactors, relays, etc.
4.5.3 Voltage Levels

For external power supply feeding, depending on station and location:
3 x 380 kV AC 60 Hz
3 x 110 kV AC 60 Hz
3 x 13.8 kV AC 60 Hz
3 x 400/230 V AC 60 Hz
Operating voltage levels and frequency, to be maintained throughout the complete system:
3 x 13.8 kV AC 60 Hz
3 x 400/230 V AC 60 Hz
230 V AC 60 Hz
125 V DC (HV substation)
48 V DC (HV substation)

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
24 V DC
Voltage levels for medium voltage VSD driven main pump motors shall be in range between 3kV
and 13.8kV.
Separate voltage levels for electronic equipment below 24 V DC are allowed, but shall also be
reduced to a few necessary levels.
4.5.4 Stand-by Philosophy

Electrical systems have to be designed based upon the dual philosophy, meaning that in case of
a single failure in the electrical feeding system (HV, MV, LV), operating of the pipeline system at
the defined capacity must still be possible. This is especially valid for all Stations with pumping
equipment, where in general minimum two (2) feeder circuits are required. If one feeder fails, the
healthy feeder(s) shall take over the supply of the full station load.
4.6 Performance Guarantee
4.6.1 General
In order to examine whether the Contractor has performed the final design in accordance with the
design requirements, the Contractor shall perform several tests as soon as the pipeline system is
ready for operation. Comprehensive test procedures shall be prepared by the Contractor and
submitted to the Engineer for approval, as outlined in the relevant item of this Specification. The
Contractor must demonstrate that the results of the tests described below are within the
admissible limits or better than the guaranteed values.
During the specified test run periods no interruption of operation is allowed. Should there be an
interruption, the concerned test must be repeated and the cause of the interruption ascertained
and recorded.
The test run needs not be repeated in case of interruption of operation for reasons beyond the
Contractor’s reasonable control (power failure, water supply shortage, water discharge problems)
provided that the time period of continuous operation exceeds 50 % of the specified period.
The power consumption guarantee shall be based on the following design conditions:
 water temperature: 30°C

 ambient temperature: 50°C
 pipe roughness shall be 0.10 mm for CM lined pipes
 maximum geodetic difference in elevation (e.g. minimum water level at pump station)
 the remaining data shall be taken from the as built records of the pipeline.
If the conditions during the test differ from the design conditions, as defined above, the Contractor
shall demonstrate by a suitable mathematical model that the guaranteed figures will be available
for the design conditions. All calculations shall be based on the Darcy-Weisbach and Colebrook-
White equation.
The physical characteristics of the water are to be taken from chapter 5.11.
4.6.2 Water Quality

The Contractor is to prove by means of pertinent physical and chemical examinations that each

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
type of material which comes into contact with the water transported is safe for drinking water
purpose. It is to be proven that no substances which shall adversely affect health or taste come
into contact with the transported water during transportation and storage.
In addition the Contractor shall guarantee that the pH value will not exceed the maximum value
defined in the applicable drinking water standard during the entire warranty period.
The necessary analyses are to be performed on the basis of the examinations described in the
latest edition of the ”International Standards for Drinking Water” issued by the World Health
Organization (WHO).
Detailed chemical analysis of the product water and a comparison of the values obtained with the
guaranteed water quality, as per relevant stipulations, shall be performed by the Contractor at
weekly intervals during the period of start-up and tests on completion.
In addition the Contractor shall make comprehensive water analysis at monthly interval during the
entire warranty period. Water samples shall be taken at different points along the pipeline,
especially at the pump station and the inlet piping of the endpoint terminal for different cases of
operation, such as periods of non-operation (line is shut down) and during normal operation.
All test results shall be duly evaluated and handed over to the Employer and the Engineer, who
shall also be notified whether or not the quality of the water does meet the set criteria (guaranteed
water quality).
4.6.3 Throughput Rate Guarantee

The Contractor has to guarantee that the pipeline system is suitable for the specified maximum
design capacity (MDF), as listed in chapter 3.2 of this Specification.
The Contractor must prove the design capacity by a test run with the use of permanent installed
equipment.
The test run must be performed over a continuous period of 24 hours. The test run period
commences at the time point when the system has stabilized and the desired flow rate is reached.
The guaranteed figure will be derived, irrespective of the measurement tolerances, from the
measurement readings of the flow meters at the starting and terminating points of the system.
The guaranteed figure shall be the average value calculated from the total flow and the time
period of test run and referred to the design temperature and roughness as outlined in Item 4.6.1
of this Specification.
During the test run, the flow rate and station inlet- and outlet pressures at the pump station and
the flow rate and inlet pressure at the endpoint station shall be measured and recorded with a
maximum deviation of 1 %.
Based on the nominal outside diameter, the steel wall thickness and the lining thickness of
installed pipes, the actual pipe roughness value shall be calculated for each section.
4.6.4 Power Consumption Guarantee

The Contractor must guarantee the power requirements and the power consumption of the pump
units and all auxiliary equipment.
The Contractor is to prove by a test run the power consumption for the hydraulic load case as
described below. For the specified load case, a test run over a continuous period of 24 hours is to
be executed from the time point at which the defined flow rate is reached.
The power consumption of the pump units and the auxiliary equipment to be guaranteed shall be

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
the total power consumption of the pump station for the test run period minus the base load
consumption of the pump station for the same time period. This base load consumption shall be
measured over a time period of 24 hours when the mainline is out of pumping operation, but with
the same consumers in service as during the test-run period.
The power consumption is to be guaranteed for the hydraulic load case with the specified MDF,
as listed in chapter 3.2 of this Specification. The measured value as obtained during the test run
must be recalculated to the design conditions as stipulated in chapter 4.6.1 above.
The test run for the power consumption guarantee shall be combined with the test run for the
throughput rate guarantee.
4.6.5 Reliability
The Contractor shall prove the reliability of the supplied equipment and installations by operation
at any load and mode of operation as instructed by the Employer over a continuous period of
thirty (30) calendar days.
The Contractor has to demonstrate both, the smooth running of the System and the capability to
operate continuously for the above mentioned period. The stand by units shall be operated during
the duration of this test.
The test run(s) to be done in order to prove that the design flow rate as indicated in item 4.6.3
above and the power consumption are met can be performed during the reliability test period.
The Contractor shall also demonstrate the correct hydraulic behaviour of the pipeline system
under normal and transient flow conditions for all system configurations and modes of operation.
These demonstrations shall prove the correct working (setting and adjustment) of the entire
control and safety equipment (i.e. Surge Vessels, FC, PC, PCH, PSH, PCL, PSL, LCH, LCL, etc.)
installed for the purpose of protecting the pipeline and the equipment at the pump station and the
endpoint stations against the occurrence of overpressures, vapour pressure and other effects
which shall be harmful to the installation.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
5 HYDRAULICS AND OPERATION
5.1 Scope of this Section
This section shall summarize the input data, the general and specific requirements as well as the
design principles which have to be considered for the design of the system, from both the
hydraulic and the operation point of view.
The requirements stipulated in this section, together with all relevant drawings and specifications,
shall serve as the basis for the Contractor’s final design.
Under no circumstances the integration of the new system shall have any negative effect on the
hydraulic behaviour of existing facilities. If due to the interconnection works it is required to modify
or amend the existing installations, it must be proven that the safe and undisturbed operation can
be guaranteed also after the implementation of the new system.
All necessary investigations and calculations, including the required interface coordination are
part of the Contractor’s scope of work. The detailed operation and control philosophy for the
individual pipeline systems shall be worked out by the Contractor as part of the final design under
consideration of the actual hydraulic calculations.
5.2 Hydraulic Design Principles
This part summarizes the general requirements that are to be considered in the layout of the
hydraulic system.
Centralized remote operation and control of the system, including pump station tie-in station and
reservoir station. Only in exceptional cases (tests of equipment, tests of station control, line filling,
etc.) shall the system be controlled locally from the individual stations or units.
Simple operation with maximum possible support of automatic sequences.
Automatic control of unscheduled events by self-contained safety equipment.
Operation without Telecommunication System (TCS) shall be possible with no flow restrictions.
The system operation shall ensure the delivery of the flow rate range from minimum flow to the
MDF at a pipe roughness from 0.005 mm to 0.100 mm (pipes with CM lining). The surge
protection equipment is to be designed for a pipe roughness range of 0.005 mm to 0.100 mm. A
lower roughness may result in higher flow rates than the defined MDF which is to be considered
for the selection respectively dimensioning of the surge protection equipment. Overrides (e.g.
FCH) shall be taken into account, if applicable, to limit maximum occurring flow rate.
The pressures during steady flow conditions must not exceed the line of Maximum Allowable
Operating Pressure (MAOP Line) with a safety factor of 0.72 (=1/1.389) according to the ASME B
31.4 respectively the equipment pressure class.
The maximum pressures occurring during transient conditions must not exceed the MAOP Line
plus 10% according to the ASME B 31.4 respectively the equipment pressure class and therefore
safety measures must be foreseen (e.g. appropriate operating time for valves, etc.).
The minimum pressures during normal pump operation (= steady flow operation and scheduled
transient conditions during start or stop of pumps, scheduled valve closure, etc.) shall not fall
below 1.0 barg above top of pipe. Exceptions may be acceptable in direct proximity to reservoirs.
Surge protection measures and protection equipment against negative pressure in the pipeline
are necessary (surge vessel plants, non-slam type automatic air valves at dedicated pipeline
highpoints). During unscheduled transient conditions the pressure in the pipelines shall not fall
below atmospheric pressure. Exceptions are given where non slam type automatic air vents are

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
installed. However, respective measures may be chosen to avoid the occurrence of cavitation for
cement mortar lined pipelines.
Slack line operation shall not appear in all cement mortar lined pipes during normal operation due
to its negative effects.
Vapour pressures in the cement mortar lined pipeline are to be avoided due to dangerous
pressure conditions in the vicinity of the collapsing vacuum bubbles, once the pressure starts to
rise again. Where this is not possible to be achieved by reasonable effort, the adverse effects of
negative pressures are to be avoided by respective measures (e.g. appropriate internal lining
within suction side station piping).
Valves within the main flow path which are in locked open position are to be closed at zero flow
rate only (when the pipeline is shut down). In case the valve is not in a locked position, the
transient calculations have to include an unscheduled operation (e.g. closure).
Valve operating times (closing and opening times) that are defined in the valve specifications
must be met by the installed equipment. Valve operation at the correct speed is crucial for the
hydraulic safety of the systems. The operating times can be specified as a minimum value/speed
(defined time or faster), a maximum value/speed (defined time or slower) or as an exact
value/speed (no deviations allowed, neither faster nor slower).
Controller parameters, set points, ramp function, software, etc. must at all time be adjustable (adj.
SYSAD) within a reasonable range in order to allow system tunings or modifications.
For the proposed pipeline system, reference is made to the following documents:
QP50-D-1150 Hydraulic Profile, Shoaiba Quaiza B WTS
5.3 Philosophy of Operation
5.3.1 General
The philosophy of operation is based on the requirement that the operation has to be as safe and
reliable as possible to guarantee a continuous water conveyance.
A further requirement is that the operation of the pipeline has to be as economic and as simple as
possible in order to reduce the number of highly qualified personnel, required to operate the
System, to a minimum.
To provide centralized and partly automatic operation, an advanced industrial remote control,
communication and central control / supervisory system shall be implemented.
The responsibility for safe operation of the Pipeline System has to be transferred as much as
possible from the operating personnel to the electro / mechanical equipment and, if additionally
required, to the electronic equipment by the implementation of automatic safety functions and
sequences. For increased reliability even in case of a major failure of equipment, which is
foreseen for centralized remote operation, provisions have to be made for local operation from
station and unit level.
In the following chapters the basic requirements for the operation of the pipeline system is
summarized. The main control and regulation loops which are foreseen for the lines and stations
are shown in the System Flow Diagrams and in the individual P&I Diagrams.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
5.3.2 Shoaiba – Quaiza B Water Transmission System

The new SQWTS-B is a water transmission system with a single pipeline, one (1) initial pumping
station PS-SH, a highpoint reservoir station at Jeddah South East (RS-JE), which separates the
pressurized pipeline system from the gravity pipeline system, and terminates at Quaiza Tie-in
(TI-QA).
At RS-JE a tap-off with isolation valve will be provided for water supply to Jeddah North
Consumers. Space for installation of a custody metering system (provided by others) will be
considered.
The pump group PS-SH takes suction from the new tank farm which is fed by a Desalination
Plant. The new tank farm is interconnected and pool operated with Shoaiba Phase 4 tank farm.
5.3.3 Pressurized Pipeline Section

The PS-SH booster pump units will be operated with fixed speed pumps; no controller is acting on
these pumps. The number of running pumps is determined by the flow set point.
The PS-SH main pumps will be operated with variable speed drives to allow a wide range of flow
scenarios. The pump group shall be flow controlled (FC) with pressure high override and level
overrides from the upstream tank farm and RS-JE.
The highpoint reservoir station RS-JE also acts as storage capacity for the downstream tap-off to
the Jeddah North Consumers and the system endpoint in TI-QA. No control facilities are required
at RS-JE. The flow rate into the storage reservoirs will be controlled at PS-SH.
No scraper operation is foreseen for this pipeline.
One (1) tank can be taken out of operation at PS-SH and RS-JE without restrictions in flow rate.
5.3.4 Gravity Pipeline Section

Gravity supply is foreseen from RS-JE to the existing tanks at Reservoir Station Quaiza (TI-QA).
At TI-QA inlet control facilities are foreseen for flow control with pressure- and level control
overrides.
5.4 Control Levels and Control Modes
SQWTS-B shall fully be integrated in the Shoaiba WPCC. The following requirements are in line
with the implementation in WPCC. In case of deviations the current installed requirements
prevailing and are applicable also for the SQWTS-B system installation.
The SQWTS-B with all relevant stations is to be designed for remote control and monitoring from
the Shoaiba WPCC located within SWCC Shoaiba Pumping Station area.
The possibility to control the systems or parts of it at central, station or unit level (where
applicable) in automatic and/or manual operation modes shall be provided. Field, units and
stations shall allow local as well as remote control.
In automatic mode the system, station and unit control functions support the operator with
command proposals and also performs sequences automatically.
In manual mode, at the appropriate control level, each command has to be initiated by the
operator. At system level the operator shall be supported by station and unit automatic functions,
whereas at station level only unit automatic functions shall be available. A switch to full manual

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
operation shall also be supported by the system, which means that all logic and closed loop
functions of the control system are not active and the responsibility for operation of the system
rests on the shoulders of the operators.
Safety and ESD functions shall always be active, independent of the operation mode.
Normal System operation shall be performed from WPCC, either in automatic or in manual
operation. In case of communication failure or on demand the operation and control may be
performed locally from the station operators under supervision of the pipeline operator (either by
remote monitoring or telephone instructions).
At WPCC the following operation and control modes must be provided:
Central Automatic:
In this mode, the pipeline system is operated from the Control Center (WPCC) with the
assistance of command proposals and partially also automatic commands reducing the
operator input to a minimum.
Central Manual:
In this mode, the pipeline system is operated from the Control Center (WPCC) using all the
information of advanced display and control facilities but requiring manual commands by
the operator.
In each station the following local control and operation modes must be provided to allow local
operation from the station control room respectively from unit or field level:
Station Automatic:
In this mode, the station is operated by the station personnel. The station personnel is
supported by the station and unit control with logic and closed loop functions which serve to
reduce the manual commands to a minimum.
Station Manual:
In this mode the station is operated locally at station and unit control level. The logic and
closed loop functions of the station control are inactive, whereas unit control logic and
control functions are still supporting. In this mode the station operator shoulders the
greatest amount of responsibility of all the above mentioned modes.
This mode will therefore only be used if absolutely necessary on account of failure in the
operation modes of higher levels or for maintenance and test purposes.
For further details on control levels, operation modes, control modes and control authority refer to
“S04 Distributed Control System”, doc. no. QC10-H-124.
5.5 Safety Sequences and Safety Programs
5.5.1 General
The safety programs shall guarantee the safe operation of the system in case of upset conditions.
Upset conditions in the pipeline system have to be recognized and counter measures have to be
initiated within defined periods, in order to meet the requirement for operational safety and
operation at the highest possible throughput rate.
Safety monitoring and control shall in general be performed from the Control Centre (WPCC),
where all information on the pipeline system, as transmitted by the communication facilities is
available.
In the event of a communication failure, it is still possible to continue operation of the SQWTS-B at
full flow rate.
Safety monitoring and control shall make use of the following hardware installations:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 System control PLC (if required)

 Station control PLC’s
 Communication facilities including data transmission devices
If the communication is back to normal, the system operator is allowed to switch back all stations,
which have not been operated locally, into remote control. Consequently the pipeline system will
be brought back to normal remote operation without any flow rate limitation.
5.6 System Control
The system consists of a pressurized and a gravity section. The supply at the gravity section is
bound to the water demand at the receiving stations only. The supply at the pressurized section is
described in the following 2 sections.
5.6.1 System Start-up and Flow Increase (QPLUS)

The QPLUS program shall be the standard program for the start-up of the system, stations,
pumps and the increase of the system flow rate.
The program is to be prepared for the normal case of operation with all pipeline segments and
stations.
The operator shall select the required flow rates to be supplied to the RS-JE and endpoint
station(s) based on the possible design flow range. Depending on the given flow rate to RS-JE the
software shall present pump combination proposals to the operator, who shall agree and continue
or otherwise change some data or change different units.
The program shall be divided in 5 principle steps which can be executed in different steps
according to the selected operation mode. Each step can be operated separately for several
purposes, therefore each step shall include checks as to whether the preconditions for execution
of the step are sufficiently fulfilled.
The steps can be interrupted at any point of time by means of station safety interlocks, line shut
down program, switching of control modes in stations or by the operator.
Before this program can be started the flow path supervision must be clear, which means all
related stations must be opened by the station online sequence and all valves in the selected
stream must be open.
The different steps of the software program shall be:
STEP1: Selection of Flow Rate and Pumps
Entering the desired flow rate, the operator gets information on pumps and station status
and gets standard pump arrangement which can be altered.
The selected combination shall be installed in STEP4.
STEP2: Prestart of Pumps
Pumps selected in STEP1 shall be pre-started.
STEP3: Set-point Ramping in Preparation of Pump Starts
Set-points shall be ramped to predefined set-points in order to avoid unscheduled
shutdown during pump start.
STEP4: Pump Starts
Pumps selected in STEP1 shall be started. The sequence and the time point of start of the
pumps is to be optimized based on hydraulic conditions.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
STEP5: Final Set-point Ramping

Set-points are ramped to preselected optimized final set-points.
5.6.2 System Stop and Flow Decrease (QMINUS)

The QMINUS program shall be the standard program for the shutdown of the system, stations,
pumps and the reduction of the system flow rate.
The program shall be divided in 4 principle steps:
STEP1: Selection of Flow Rate and Pumps
Entering the desired flowrate, the operator gets information on pumps and station status
and gets current operating pump arrangement which he can alter.
The selected combination shall be installed in STEP3.
STEP2: Set-point Ramping in Preparation of Pump Stops
Set-points shall be ramped to predefined set-points in order to avoid unscheduled
shutdown during pump stop.
STEP3: Pump Stops
Pumps selected in STEP1 are stopped. The sequence and the time point of the stop of the
pumps is to be optimized based on hydraulic conditions.
STEP4: Final Set-point Ramping
Set-points are ramped to preselected optimized final set-points.
5.6.3 Line Shut Down Program

The line shut down program shall stop pumps up to the complete stop of the pipeline and shall
close the PS-SH outlet valve and the RS-JS inlet valve. The sequence and the time point of pump
stop, valve closure and set-point change is to be hydraulically optimized during final design.
The line shutdown program on the gravity section will close the TI-QA control valve and the TI-QA
station inlet valve. Afterwards the station outlet valve of RS-JS shall be closed.
5.6.4 Leak Detection Program

A leak detection system (LDS) shall be installed for the pressurized and the gravity system. No
automatic pipeline or station shut down shall be initiated by the LDS. In case of a leak an alarm
shall be triggered and evaluated leak location shall be shown to the operator.
For further details related to LDS refer to section 15.4.
5.7 Station and Unit Control
5.7.1 Pump Start-up Sequence

The start-up procedure for the different pump units consists basically of two steps:
The first step, the “pre-start”, shall activate the auxiliary equipment of the pumps and open the
pump suction valve. The pump discharge valve is to be put to a closed, open or predetermined
intermediate open position (e.g. 20 % of opening), according to the motor/ pump manufacturer’s
instructions or hydraulic requirements.
The second step, “pump start”, shall start the pump and initiate the pump discharge valve to open
completely. The pump is to be recognized as a running unit by the station control when the pump

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
is at its minimum speed and the discharge valve has opened up to 20 %.

Each of the two steps for pump unit start-up can be initiated either by the operator or by
application software from WPCC, or locally from the station.
The most appropriate mechanical and electrical equipment shall be provided to make pump start-
up as simple as possible for the operator and the start-up software. The start-up and stop
sequence must consider the requirements of the frequency converters, including converter
transformers and all auxiliary equipment.
5.7.2 Pump Stop Sequence

The pump stop sequence stops the pump, closes the pump discharge valve and deactivates the
auxiliary equipment.
5.7.3 Pump ESD Sequences

The pump is shut down immediately, the auxiliary systems are deactivated and the pump valves
(suction and discharge) are to be closed. The pump unit ESD command can only be initialized
locally from the unit only. The unit ESD shall be hard wired and shall trip also the motor circuit
breaker.
5.7.4 Station Pressure Switch Sequence

Generally, the pump station is to be equipped with a high pressure alarm (switch) on the station
discharge side and low pressure alarm (switch) on the pump suction side. If one of the switches is
touched the running pumps must shut down immediately.
In addition a low pressure alarm shall be foreseen at the station discharge side which shall
become active in case of pipe rupture. The low pressure alarm and discharge flow meter reading
shall be considered for the initiation of the pump shut down.
5.7.5 Station SD Sequences

The station SD sequence can be started locally from the station controller or from central control,
either by the operator or by the application software. The station SD shall stop the running pumps
via the normal unit stop sequence in a cascade mode with an adjustable time interval between the
unit stop of 0 to 30 sec (adj. SYSAD).
5.7.6 Station ESD Sequence

The station ESD can be initiated locally from the pump station only. This station ESD shall be
hardwired and shall initiate an individual pump ESD on the running pump units. In addition the
station offline sequence shall be initiated.
In case the station ESD within a pump building (booster or main) will be activated, the ESD of all
running pumps shall be activated.
5.7.7 Station On-line / Off-line Sequence

With this sequence the station inlet- (if applicable) and outlet valves shall be opened (Station On-

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
line) respectively closed (Station Off-line).

This sequence can be initiated from remote or from station level. Station ESD command shall
initiate the Station Off-line sequence automatically, station inlet and outlet valve to be closed.
The Station On-line together with the flow path are go-conditions for the pump start command.
5.7.8 Flow Path Supervision

Before start of the pipeline system and during operation the flow path from the initial pump station
up to the reservoir and endpoint stations shall be checked continuously.
If the last open way in the pressurized section starts closing an alarm shall be triggered and the
shutdown sequence for the pump station shall be initiated.
If the last open way of a gravity sections starts closing a related alarm shall be triggered.
5.7.9 Station Flow Computer

In the pump station pertinent electronic equipment is to be provided to compute the flow set-points
for the station control closed loops.
The following values are to be considered:
 Low flow rate limit for each running pump

 High flow rate of each running pump
 Maximum low flow limit for all running pumps, considering the number of running pumps in
the pump station.
 Minimum high flow limit of all running pumps, considering the number of running pumps in
the pump station.
The calculated value controls the Pump Low Flow Protection (PLFP) and Pump High Flow
Protection (PHFP) of the pumps.
Alarms shall be triggered if the present flow conditions are beyond the allowable range (tolerance
of +/- 5 % of defined set-points). An automatic start-up of the pumps is not foreseen. Any pump
start is subject to the Operator’s responsibility.
5.7.10 Pump Low Flow Protection (PLFP)

A low flow condition occurs if too many pumps are running for the actual pump station flow rate.
The pumps operate on the left hand side of the allowable operating range of the pump
characteristics. The low flow condition disappears if pumps are shut down or the flow rate is
increased. The pump recirculation control valve shall be opened automatically on the PLFP signal
and closed if the signal disappears.
The Pump Low Flow Protection shall trigger an alarm and if this alarm does not disappear
automatically within 180 sec (adj. SYSAD), the first running pump shall shut down, using the
PUMP-STOP sequence (refer to section 5.7.2). If the alarm persists, the next pump shall be shut
down after a time lapse of 180 sec (adj. SYSAD), etc. until all pumps are shut down. The Pump
Low Flow Protection is suppressed during and after pump start for 60 sec. (adj. SYSAD).
This PLFP sequence shall be provided for the booster pump units only. The main pumps are

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
driven by speed regulated motors. Thus the pumps can be kept within the operating range by
varying the pump speed. In case of low flow conditions (pumps are operating on the left hand side
of the allowable operation range) a running pump must be stopped after a time lapse of 180 sec.
(adj. SYSAD).
5.7.11 Pump High Flow Protection (PHFP)

A high flow condition for the pumps occurs if the number of running pumps is insufficient for the
actual pump station flow rate. The pumps operate on the right hand side of the allowable
operating range of the pump characteristics. Cavitation in the pump can occur and the motors
could be shut down by over-current. The high flow condition disappears if additional pumps are
started or if the flow rate to the reservoir station is reduced.
No automatic start-up of the pumps shall be triggered by the Pump High Flow Protection, but in
case no additional pump units are started by the operator the flow rate to the reservoir station is to
be reduced automatically by decreasing the flow set-point.
In case the high flow condition lasts more than 120 sec (adjustable) the pump station shall trip
automatically.
5.7.12 Synchronization of running Pumps

Depending on number of running pumps, the requirement for an automatic shut-down sequence
of one main pump in case of pump trip of one booster pump for synchronization of running pumps
shall be reviewed by the contractor. Since the main pumps are driven by variable speed driven
motors a booster pump trip can possibly be compensated in case three (3) or more booster pump
units are running.
Respective calculations and sequences shall be implemented during detail design.
5.7.13 Surge Vessel Control

The air volume control of the surge vessels is to be performed within predefined limits following
the standard formula:
P * V = CONSTANT
in which P stands for pressure, V for the air volume, and CONSTANT is the mathematical product
for related set-points. Under CONSTANT will be a constant value for all flow rates and pressure
conditions, but CONSTANT shall be adjustable by the operator or by the software of the control
system.
It should be mentioned here that air volume control is only possible and allowable with steady flow
conditions, but not during periods of surge.
Deviations from the surge vessel characteristics shall trigger alarms. No automatic air release
shall be foreseen in case of too high air volume is in the vessels, only in case of too low air
volume the air compressor system shall start loading.
The hydraulic design shall be conducted considering CONSTANT tolerance of +/-5% and a
polytrophic exponent range of 1.0 to 1.4. The worst case combination (i.e. CONSTANT +5% and
polytrophic exponent of 1.0 respectively CONSTANT -5% and polytrophic exponent of 1.4 shall be
considered for the transient load case “pump station trip”).

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
5.7.14 Surge Vessel Failure Sequence

For the central processor’s “safety program” it is to be ensured that different measures are to be
taken depending on the respective surge vessel’s malfunction indicated (e.g. a pump shut down is
to be evaluated as unfavourable if the surge vessel has too low air volume). Appropriate alarms
are to be provided to inform the operator of the type of surge vessel equipment’s malfunctioning.
If the low air volume alarm remains active and the air compressor has not started for refilling, the
surge vessel failure sequence shall be initiated and shall shut down the station in a smooth way to
avoid any transient condition. Separate slow regulation ramps shall be activated in this case.
5.8 Station Control Regulation Loops
5.8.1 General
The main station control regulation loops, which are necessary for overall station and system
control, are described in the following chapters. Reference is made to the P&I Diagrams, see
reference documents.
Set-points are set either by the Operator or by the application software from control centre or by
the station safety sequences at the stations. The control loops are normally active. Only in
exceptional cases (testing, etc.) shall operation without these regulation loops be possible.
5.8.2 Station Control Regulation Loops at Initial Pumping Station PS-SH

Speed regulation system acting on:
 Condition: Flow controlled by FC set-point

 Override 1: Level of RS-JE tank farm LCH set-point
 Override 2: Level of tank farm PS-SH LCL set-point
 Override 3: Discharge pressure controlled by the PCH set point
Station recirculation control valve for booster pumps acting on:
 Condition: Flow control by the PLFP set-point
Control valve at new PS-SH tank farm inlet acting on:

 Override 1: Level of tank farm PS-SH LCH set-point
Control valve at Shoaiba Phase 4 tank farm inlet acting on:

 Override 1: Level of tank farm LCH set-point
The set-point for the new Shoaiba Phase 4 inlet control valve shall be the total flow rate from
Shoiaba Phase 4 RO plant (max. 400,000 m³/d) minus the flow set-point of PS-SH tank farm inlet.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
5.8.3 Control Regulation Loops at Tie-in Station TI-QA

Station control valves acting on:
 Condition: Flow Control by the FC set-point

 Override 1: Inlet Pressure controlled by the PCL set point
 Override 2: Level of downstream tank or reservoirs LCH set-point
 Override 3: Level of RS-JS storage reservoirs LCL set-point
In case of a malfunction of one of the control valves in operation, an automatic change-over

sequence to the stand-by unit shall be initiated. The isolation valves of the malfunctioning control
valve shall be closed and the stand-by control valve shall be put into operation.
5.9 Stand-by Philosophy
5.9.1 General
In general the undisturbed operation of the pipeline systems shall be possible also with single
equipment failure. Consequently the equipment design must include the necessary spare
capacities and stand-by units. This requirement must be considered for all disciplines as
described in detail in the pertinent chapters in this specification and in the technical specifications.
5.9.2 Pump / Motor Units

At least one stand-by pump / motor unit must be foreseen up to five units (5+1) In case six or
more units are required two stand-by pump / motor units are to be installed (6+2). This applies to
the full motor / pump unit, including switchgear, speed regulation system, cabling, suction and
discharge piping including valves and all auxiliaries which are needed for operation of a complete
pump / motor unit.
For pump unit change over the power supply system must allow start of the stand-by unit before
stop of the duty unit. At regular intervals pump change over sequences shall be activated to
provide equal operation time for all installed pump / motor units.
5.9.3 Control Valves

The station inlet control valves at tie-in station Quaiza must allow full flow rate operation with one
control valve out of service. During normal operation only the number of required duty valves are
on stream, the train for the stand-by valve shall be closed. At regular intervals change over
sequences shall be activated to provide equal operation time of all installed control valves. Motor
operated isolation valves (MOV) upstream of the control valves are mandatory independent of
diameter to allow automatic change over procedure.
This requirement is not valid for pumps recirculation control valve for the PS-SH tank farm inlet
control valve and for the Shoaiba Phase 4 tank farm inlet control valve, which are single units
only.
5.9.4 Surge Protection Facilities

The surge protection for a supply of the MDF has to be ensured also in case that the standby

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
surge vessel is not available (e.g. due to maintenance reasons). During normal operation all
installed surge vessels shall be on duty.
5.9.5 Tanks and Reservoirs

It shall be possible to isolate one (1) tank or reservoir for maintenance or inspection purpose
without flow rate reduction. During normal operation all installed tanks or reservoirs shall be on
duty.
5.9.6 Instrumentation
For the following process instrumentation equipment a configuration N+1 will be foreseen
 Level Transmitter in case only one (1) tank/vessel at a certain location shall be foreseen. If
more than one tank will be foreseen at a certain location no redundancy shall be
considered as the redundancy is given with the number of tanks.
 Pressure Transmitters, as far as relevant, for pressure control of the stations (PC, PCL or
PCH). For any other pressure transmitter no redundancy shall be foreseen.
 For all safety relevant instruments such as station inlet / outlet pressure alarms (switches) a
2oo3 (two-out-of-three) configuration shall be foreseen.
For flow meters no redundancy shall be foreseen.
For each surge vessel plant two (2) vessels must be equipped with full instrumentation (see
corresponding P&I Diagram).
For instrument equipment not directly involved in operation and control of the system, such as
temperature transmitters required for the leak detection system no redundancy shall be foreseen.
5.10 Hydraulic Calculations to be performed by the Contractor
5.10.1 Hydraulic Expert

The hydraulic design including the respective calculations shall be performed under the
responsibility of an independent hydraulic expert with at least 10 (ten) years of practice and
experience in projects of equivalent nature and proportion (flowrate > 200,000 m³/d, pump head >
300 m, steel pipes > 52”). The choice of this specialist is subject to approval.
5.10.2 Steady State Analysis

The Contractor has to provide as part of the final design a Hydraulic Profile (drawing) indicating
the relevant flow rates (gradients) and the envelope of the minimum and maximum transient
pressures.
In addition to the gradients shown on the profile, steady flow conditions ranging from the minimum
to the maximum defined flow rates with minimum and maximum pipe roughness are possible. The
Contractor has to consider the full range of flow rate for the steady state analysis. The number of
operated pumps is to be selected in a way to achieve the highest efficiency.
It is to be considered that the system roughness of the pipes with CM lining will be between 0.100
and 0.005 mm. Within this range a trouble-free continuous operation must be ensured. After
pipeline start-up the true pipe roughness is to be assessed by means of tests and relevant
computations. The system set points are to be checked and adjusted, if necessary.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Detailed steady state analyses are also to be conducted for the stations considering accurate
local losses for tees, elbows, reductions, valves, etc.
The steady state analysis is to be conducted based on Prandtl-Colebrook Formulae.
5.10.3 Transient Analysis

Transient analyses are to be conducted by the Contractor to determine the minimum and
maximum pressures in the system. The pipe properties (e.g. steel grade, wall thickness)
respectively the pressure class of the equipment is to be selected to meet the hydraulic
requirements. Vendor data (e.g. valve characteristics, etc.) have to be considered once available.
The closing times of all valves and control valves in the system is to be selected and optimized
within the hydraulic calculations. The optimization has to consider that overpressures and vapour
pressures must be avoided in CM lined pipes, as well as that the greatest operating efficiency
shall be reached.
A detailed mathematical model has to form the basis for the Contractor’s computations; the
behaviour of the different components of equipment is to be simulated in a realistic way.
Load cases are to be studied in detail for scheduled and unscheduled shut down / start-up of
pumps and other critical load cases, starting with various steady flow conditions.
Various flow rates with different pump arrangements are to be studied.
System set-points and sequences in stations shall be defined on the basis of these detailed
calculations.
Special care is necessary for the dimensioning of the surge vessels and automatic air vents. The
influence of different pipe roughness values is to be taken into account.
Particular attention is also to be put on detailed station simulations with increased awareness to
the pump station suction side conditions.
At minimum pipe roughness, higher flow rates than the defined MDF are possible. Assuming a
single failure at one receiving station or the pump station (e.g. malfunctioning of FC control loop)
the flow control override at the pump station will limit the maximum occurring flow rate to MDF x
1.05. At receiving stations with a control valve, the flow control override at the receiving station will
limit the maximum occurring flow rate to MDF x 1.05. At receiving stations without a control valve
the system’s roughness and the pump characteristic will define the maximum occurring flow rate.
Respective load cases are to be included.
5.10.4 Vent and Drain Calculation

It is the Contractor‘s obligation to perform a vent and drain calculation and to provide the evidence
that the selected vents and drains allow drainage of every location of the system within the
defined time, see chapter 8.5. It shall be verified if the selected air vents are suitable for the
pipeline filling process. In addition the Contractor shall define the duration of the gravity drainage
and the duration of pump operation of the temporarily installed submersible pump (if required). To
minimize the amount of disposed water, the possibility of draining the pipeline into the PS-SH tank
farm shall be taken into account.
The Contractor shall provide a filling procedure in an early phase of the project. The results shall
be considered in the equipment specification. Any additional filling bypasses or equipment is
included in the Contract.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
5.11 General Data for Hydraulic Computations performed by the Contractor
5.11.1 Liquid Properties

The viscosity of water, which is dependent on temperature, significantly affects the friction head
loss along a pipeline.
The following water properties shall be used for the hydraulic calculations:
 Temperature: 30.00 [°C]

 Water density: 995.7 [kg/m³]
 Kinematic viscosity: 0.798 [cSt]
 Conversion factor: 1 (barg) = 10.24 (mlc)
5.11.2 Pipe Roughness

The actual roughness of the CM lining depends on the fabrication process and can only be
determined by measurements in course of performance tests. For hydraulic design purposes the
absolute roughness shall be considered as follows:
Maximum pipe roughness: ks = 0.100 [mm]
Minimum pipe roughness: ks = 0.005 [mm]
The head loss calculations shall be performed by using the Prandtl-Colebrook Formulae valid for
straight pipes.
The maximum pipe roughness is to be used for the steady state analysis and the layout of
equipment (e.g. pumps). The maximum and minimum pipe roughness (whatever is more critical)
is to be used for surge analyses and the dimensioning of surge protection equipment (surge
vessels, etc.).
5.11.3 Station Losses

During detail design the Contractor shall perform a detailed pressure loss calculation for all
stations, using the actual piping layout and the actual data of the defined fittings and equipment.
5.11.4 Pipeline Data

Only actual pipeline data, e.g. pipe length, profile, etc., based on the survey, to be performed by
the Contractor as part of his Scope of Work, shall be used for the hydraulic calculations. After
pipeline construction the hydraulic calculations must be verified by the Contractor with the as-built
data from the pipe book.
5.11.5 Allowable Pressures for Operation and Transient Conditions

The maximum allowable operating and transient pressures is to be calculated according to
ASME B 31.4 for the pipeline and station piping. The allowable pressures of the different pipe
materials, diameters and wall thicknesses are summarized in chapter 6.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
5.11.6 Pipe Diameters

The hydraulic calculations are to be performed with the actual inner pipe diameter. For steel pipes
the inner pipe diameter is equal to:
Outer Diameter – 2 x (Wall Thickness (nominal) + Thickness of CM lining (nominal))
Tolerances in steel wall thicknesses and CM lining are not to be considered.
5.11.7 Stations, Elevations and Water Levels

It is essential that the Contractor performs detailed survey of all existing facilities relevant for the
project, before commencement of the hydraulic calculation and design works.
Only station elevations and water levels as a result of the detailed survey, to be performed by the
Contractor as part of his Scope of Work, shall be used for the hydraulic calculations.
5.11.8 Throughput Rates

It is essential to use only confirmed and verified data for the hydraulic calculations. This is valid for
all input parameters (e.g. levels, pipe lengths, profiles, etc.) but also for the throughput rates of the
various pipeline sections.
It is therefore mandatory to define and confirm the throughput rates with SWCC before
commencement of the calculation based on the figures as defined in chapter 3.2 of this Project
Specification.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
6 PIPE STATIC
6.1 General
This chapter defines the pipe design requirements for buried steel pipes of the SQWTS-B project.
It contains the necessary computation method regarding pipe stresses against internal pressure,
the empty pipes stability (buckling) and the deformations of the pipes. The design standards to be
used for these calculations are the relevant AWWA, DIN and ANSI/ASME Codes.
6.2 Computation Parameters
Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System shall be made out of welded steel pipes with
internal cement mortar lining in accordance with the “Specification M01 Steel Pipes for Mainlines”
and “Specification M03 Cement Mortar Lining”.
For the hydraulic layout the following pipe data have been used. Pipe type and length thereof is
indicated in the Hydraulic Profile drawing. A weld joint factor of 1.0 and a safety factor of
1/0.72=1.389 are considered.
Table 6-1 Pipe Data
Weld
Wall- Outer Steel Safety Yield Stress
Joint INTERNAL PRESSURE
thickness Diameter Grade Factor Strength Value
Factor
MAOP MAOP +
t Da - - SMYS E S
10 %
[mm] [mm] [-] [-] [Mpa] [-] [Mpa] [bar] [bar]
Diameter 88"
17.48 2,235.2 X42 1.389 290.00 1.00 208.80 32.66 35.92
Diameter 72"
14.27 1,828.8 X42 1.389 290.00 1.00 208.80 31.43 34.57
6.2.1 Loads
a) Pressure
The maximum internal pressure for the new pipelines is indicated in the Hydraulic Profile at
every single location along the pipeline. The minimum internal pressure, the vacuum
pressure, is -0.10 N/mm² (14.50 psi).
b) Earth Fill
The weight of earth (backfill) material is assumed to be 20 kN/m³ (127 lb/ft3 = 0.0737 lb/in³).
This corresponds to medium compacted well graded gravels and gravel – sand mixtures
(acc. to AWWA M11, 5th Edition, Table 6-2).
c) Weight of Water
The weight of water is 9.81 kN/m³ (62.4 lb/ft3 = 0.0361 lb/in³). Groundwater above top of pipe
is not considered.
d) Traffic Loads
For pipes outside of right of way of existing or known future roads and crossings or in

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
uninhabited areas, the traffic load (= live load) is, based on AWWA M11, 5th Edition, a HS-20
Truck according to AASHTO. An impact factor of 1.50 (= 50%) is included in the values of
Table 5-1 in AWWA M11, 5th Edition.
Where the pipeline is laid inside the right of way of existing or known future roads and
highways and at crossings thereof, the traffic load of a 60 t Heavy Truck (SLW 600 according
to DIN 1072) shall be adopted. An impact factor of 1.20 (= 20%) shall be applied.
6.3 Computation Method
6.3.1 Straight Pipe under Internal Pressure

The dimensioning of the pipes against internal operational pressure and the determination of the
required wall thickness and steel grades shall be based on the American Standard ASME B31.4,
latest Edition, with a design factor of 0.72. This corresponds to a safety factor of 1.389 against the
specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of the steel.
According to ASME B31.4, 403.3.4, this internal design pressure can be exceeded by 10% due to
surges or other variations from normal operation.
The internal pressure design wall thickness t of the steel pipe has to be calculated by the following
equation:
Pi  Do
t [mm] S  0.72  E  SMYS [MPa]
20  S
t … pressure design wall thickness [mm]
Pi … internal design gauge pressure [bar]
Do … outside diameter of pipe [mm]
S … applicable allowable stress value [MPa]
0.72 … design factor = 1/1.389 (1.389 = safety factor) [-]
E … weld joint factor [-]
SMYS … specified minimum yield strength of the material [MPa]
6.3.2 Buckling
The empty pipes are subjected to external loads like the weight of the backfill material and traffic
loads and internal vapour pressure. The calculations for this type of loading shall be done
according to AWWA M11, 5th Edition for normal pipe installation.
According to clause “Buckling of Buried Pipe” of this code the following load condition is to be
applied:
Internal vacuum pressure
 Live load (= traffic load)

 Simultaneous application of internal vacuum pressure and live load need not normally be
considered. The determination of safety against buckling is independent of the yield strength
of the material. Only the stiffness of the pipe, represented by diameter and wall thickness of
the pipe and the modulus of elasticity of the pipe material as well as of the cement mortar
lining, comes into application. As a result thereof, the calculations are valid for all steel
grades.
where: qa … allowable buckling pressure [psi]

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
FS … factor of safety = 2.0
r0 … outside radius of steel cylinder [in]
Cn … scalar calibration factor to account for some nonlinear effects = 0.55

EI … pipe wall stiffness [lb*in2]
s … factor to account for variability in stiffness of compacted soil = 0.90
E’ … modulus of soil reaction [psi]
kv … modulus correction factor for Poisson’s ratio, vs, of the soil = 0.74
RH … correction factor for depth of fill = 11.4/(11 + 2r/Hc)
Hc … height of ground surface above top of pipe [in]
For verification of the external loads and the internal vacuum pressure for normal pipe
installations, the following equation applies:
where: w … unit weight of water = 62.4 lb/ft3 = 0.0361 lb/in³

Hw … height of water above conduit [in]
Rw … water buoyancy factor = 1-0.33 (Hw/Hc), 0  Hw  Hc
Wc … prism load, dead load on conduit [lb/in]
D0 … diameter of pipe [in]
Pv … internal vacuum pressure [psi]
In case live loads are present the internal vacuum transients need not to be considered
simultaneously and the buckling requirement is satisfied by:
where: WL … live load on the pipe per unit length [lb/in]
6.3.3 Deformation
The pipe deformations due to external loadings like weight of the backfill material and traffic loads
shall be calculated according to AWWA M11, 5th Edition, considering the following cases of live
loads.
 HS-20 truck at free pipeline routes and

 SLW 600 in the right of way of existing or known future roads and highways with at least 95%
standard Proctor density and the resulting soil stiffness E’ as per Table 5-3, AWWA M11, 5th
Edition.
The calculation of the deformations of the pipes is independent of the yield strength of the
material. Only the stiffness of the pipe, represented by diameter and wall thickness of the pipe
and the modulus of elasticity of the pipe material as well as of the cement mortar lining, comes
into application. As a result thereof, the calculations are valid for all steel grades.
The interaction between the deformed pipe and the surrounding soil is considered by using the
modulus E’ of the backfill/padding material.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
For all pipes and for all cases this deformation shall be limited to 3% of the outside diameter of the
steel pipe.
where: ∆x … predicted horizontal deflection of pipe [in]

Dl … deflection lag factor = 1.0
r … mean radius of the pipe = (Dc – t – tL – tc)/2 [in]
Dc … outside diameter of coated pipe [in]
tL … lining thickness [in]
tc … coating thickness [in]
K … bedding constant = 0.1
W … load per unit of pipe length = (W c/12 + W LDc/144) [lb/in]
6.4 Cover and Backfill Compaction
For pipes outside of right of way of existing or known future roads and crossings or in uninhabited
areas, where a HS-20 Truck according to AASHTO shall be applied as traffic load, no compaction
of the backfill material is required.
The minimum earth cover is 1.0 m measured from natural respectively graded surface. The
maximum earth cover is depicted in the following table, based on a compaction level of 85% as
per table 5-3 of AWWA M11, 5th Edition.
Table 6-2: maximum pipe cover outside ROW - HS-20
Load Diameter Wall Thickness Max. Cover

[in] [mm] [m]
HS-20 88 17.48 6.1
HS-20 72 14.27 6.1
Where the pipe is laid inside the right of way of existing or future roads and crossings a traffic load
of a 60 t Heavy Truck (SLW 600 according to DIN 1072) shall be adopted. The backfill
compaction shall be at least equal to 95% standard Proctor density
The minimum earth cover is 1.1 m. The maximum earth cover is depicted in the following table,
based on a compaction level of 95% as per table 5-3 of AWWA M11, 5th Edition.
Table 6-3: maximum pipe cover inside ROW - SLW 600
Load Diameter Wall Thickness Max. Cover

[in] [mm] [m]
SLW 600 88 17.48 9.0
SLW 600 72 14.27 9.0
The above values for allowable pipe covers are given in meters and are preliminary and subject of
further calculations by the Contractor. Higher earth covers are subject to approval by the
Engineer.
The allowable pipe covers are highly dependent on the existing respectively backfilled soil and

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
achieved degree of compaction of the padding material and the surrounding soil. The values
above are based on soil type “Fine-grained soils: CL, ML, (or CL-ML, CL/ML, ML/CL) with 25% or
less retained on a No. 200 sieve” according to Table 5-3 of AWWA M11, 5th Edition. In pipeline
sections where better soil conditions can be found or where higher compaction is carried out, the
Contractor can re-calculate the pipe cover limits according to the above described procedure after
verification of the input values on site.
For station piping reference is also made to M19 “Fabrication and Installation of Station Piping”,
Doc. No. QC10-H-059.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
7 PIPELINES
7.1 General
The pipeline route corridor is described in the Route Verification Report. This report provides an
overview on the main route for the Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System.
The Route Report (QB10-G-1003) and Overall Route map (QO10-U-1125) is included in the
Volume XIII of the tender documents. An overview of the route can be also found as google
earth kmz in Volume XIII of the tender documents.
7.2 Route Description
Starting point of the Shoaiba Quaiza B WTS is the new Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station PS-SH at
the existing SWCC Shoaiba desalination plant facility. A reservoir station RS-JE is planned at
Jeddah, approximately kilometer 102.7. The end point of the Shoaiba Quaiza B WTS is located at
the existing tanks of Reservoir Quaiza, approximately kilometer 121.7.
7.3 Right of Way
Reference is made to the relevant pipeline typical drawings.

In principle, the ROW will be procured by the Employer with the support of the Contractor.
The new pipeline will be mainly constructed within ROW of existing infrastructure such as
pipelines, highways, national roads, municipality roads and overhead electricity lines for the
largest portions.
Whenever the pipeline is laid within the ROW of MOT, SEC or Municipality, then the ROW
boundaries of MOT, SEC and/or municipality shall also be the limit of the ROW provided to
SWCC.
Experience has shown that at some occasions it will be necessary to negotiate and buy land
servitudes for some sections of the permanent ROW during construction. Such procedures are
especially necessary when crossing private or unknown land. The Contractor is to make available
his own survey team for this purpose at his own expense.
This survey team will have the following duties:
 Surveying of certain pieces of land for right-of-way negotiations

 Preparation of all subsequently necessary drawings and calculations
 Preparation of the "inventory report" for SWCC
 Preparation of a video recording of the complete ROW before and after the construction
works for documentation.
The Right-of-way negotiations with the land owners will be done by SWCC with the input provided
by the Contractor.
It is the Tenderer’s obligation during the tendering stage to acquaint himself with the site and visit
all the organizations involved in the planning of the area. These organizations are Ministry of
Transport, MEWA, Municipalities, SEC, NWC, STC, SAUDI ARAMCO and any other authorities
and third parties to account for any changes required along the route during the implementation of
the works (road crossings, foreign line crossings, etc.).

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
7.4 Pipeline Construction
The supplies and works given below are to be performed by the Contractor based on the
appropriate Specifications. This list does not claim to be complete:
 Obtaining all authorizations and permits for the performance of the works
 Provision of a survey team during construction for land expropriation
 Assessment of existing conditions (roads, houses, structures, agricultural land, etc.) before
commencement of construction works
 Surveying the pipeline route and soil investigation works
 Determination of the number and type of bends including procurement, lining and coating of
all bends
 Preparation, staking out and grading of the working strip including the implementation of the
construction road
 Construction of access roads from public roads to pipe storage areas and pipeline route
 Performance of all survey works necessary in connection with the earthworks and pipe
laying
 Locating of the existing above and underground facilities
 Protection of the existing pipelines within the common ROW
 Determination of the location of vent, drain and washout stations
 External coating and internal lining of the bare pipes
 Excavation of trench
 Transport and laying of the pipes and performance of all required non-destructive tests
 Installation of the entire equipment
 Keeping of a pipe log (pipe record/book)
 Supply and installation of protection conduits for the communication cable in accordance
with the specifications (see also chapter 16.2).
 Installation of the temporary and permanent cathodic protection system
 Application of lining at welding seams and repair of damaged lining
 Coating of welding seams, Tee - pieces and fittings, repair of damaged coating and
insulation testing
 Backfilling of trenches, restoration of working strip and all access roads
 Provide proper drainage of surface water along the complete pipeline route
 Construction of the maintenance road where no access from public roads is possible
 Construction of access roads to drain, vent and washout stations and to all feed-in stations
for cathodic protection, as far as required
 Installation of all type of pipeline markers
 Performance of hydrostatic pressure tests of pipelines and related equipment
 Maintaining the water quality in the pipes from the time of the hydrostatic test to the
commencement of commissioning/start up
 Reinstatement of ROW

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Provision of required as-built documentation, including the pipe book
7.5 Major Crossings and Special Points
7.5.1 General
In general, for all special points the following procedure is valid:
 For all works close to existing or foreign facilities, the Contractor has to apply for and obtain
work permits from the pertinent owner and/or authorities. However, the Contractor will still
be liable for damage.
 The Contractor has to make a detailed field survey with staking of the exact alignment of
the pipeline to be constructed and exact determination of the location of existing facilities
such as crossings of existing facilities, or laying of the new line parallel to existing pipelines,
power lines, or within roads.
 The Contractor has to investigate the soil conditions at the complete route, but especially at
the above mentioned locations (crossings, etc.) in order to determine the appropriate work
methods.
 The Contractor is to prepare a detailed design for each individual crossing or special point
in accordance with the typical drawings and the Specifications. The design must include the
traffic load and additional requirements at areas where the line is laid within the existing or
future roads or other third party corridors. These detailed designs shall be submitted to the
Engineer. After a preliminary check by the Engineer, the design is to be approved by the
pertinent Owner and Authorities and subsequently submitted to the Engineer for final
approval.
Summarizing the main constraints for construction along the pipeline routes, these will be as
follows:
 Sabkha soils which may require laying the pipe in embankment;

 Trenchless crossings of highways, national roads, municipality roads, storm water
channels, etc.
 Crossing of pipelines (water, sewage and oil products) and cables;
 Construction under limited construction space conditions within city limits area with the
necessity to reduce the working strip width, by transporting excavation material to dump
sites, no stringing of pipes along trench, etc.
 Trenchless crossing of narrow sections by thrust boring and casing pipe installation.
 Limitation of trench width by installation of trench support system and working with double
or triple joint pipe sections to limit/avoid closing of roads.
 Crossing of OHTL or construction parallel to OHTL at a short distance;
 Asphalt ripping and reinstatement where the pipeline is laid in existing roads
 Construction within highway frontage roads and municipality roads where buried utilities
such as pipes and cables may be encountered and have to be relocated;
 Construction at Wadi crossings, where adequately designed pipeline erosion protection
measures are required, such as covering the pipe trench with heavy rip rap at the Wadi bed
and banks (see also typical drawing)
 Laying of pipe in sand dune area. Removal of sand dunes up to stable ground level before
starting with pipe trenching works.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Excavation and re-installation of buried cables (electrical, fibre optical and telephone) and
pipes which are situated within the pipeline route corridor (also where the pipeline is laid
within ROW of roads).
 Relocation of OHTL poles or other above ground obstacles
Contractor is responsible to consider all precautions during construction of the new pipeline in
parallel to existing pipelines in order to avoid any damage or other negative impact on the existing
pipelines (e.g. settlements, deformations) and its coating and lining. It is Contractor’s
responsibility to investigate the as-built situation of the existing pipelines on site and adapt the
routing of the new pipeline accordingly. Any damages on existing pipelines occurred during
construction of the new system shall be repaired by the Contractor immediately. Special caution in
this respect is required for sections parallel to existing pipelines made of concrete pipe.
The detailed construction constraints along the route are listed in the chapters below. It is clearly
stated that the lists are not complete, and depending on the results of the topographical surveys,
as well as on the Contractor´s own investigations, additional construction requirements apply. All
lengths and KPs given below are approximate figures and have to be verified by the Contractor.
No extra payment will be allowed in case respective lengths are underestimated or if the below list
or specific requirements mentioned in the tender documents are incomplete (for example due to
missing crossings in the list or in case the route has to be shifted to other side of existing road,
OHL, pipeline and back again due to technical requirements or as a result of coordination with
third parties).
As a general rule for the project, all pipes shall be laid in a pipe trench excavated in undisturbed
soil or rock (only exception is inland Sabkha). No pipe laying in artificial backfill, dumped material
or unstable soil is allowed. Furthermore, pipe laying in Wadis is not permitted. Wadi crossings
shall be perpendicular to the flow direction and crossing lengths shall be minimized. Wadi
protection shall be designed for the pipeline lifetime and developed by an expert with pertinent
experience.
7.5.2 Major Construction Constraints 88’’ Pipeline PS-SH to RS-JE (KP 0.0-102.7)
Referring to the Route Verification Report following constraints have been discovered. It is clearly
as well as on the Contractor´s own investigations, additional construction requirements apply.
7.5.2.1 Coastal Plain - Sabkha
Between approx. KP 0 and 50.0 the route crosses the coastal plain adjacent to the Arabian Gulf
with elevations of max. a few meters above sea level. Consequently high groundwater table and
the occurrence of Sabkha have to be expected throughout this section. Consequently the risk of
high groundwater table, aggressive soil and groundwater, as well as soil with low bearing capacity
have to be investigated during detailed design and adequate mitigation measures shall be
foreseen if required.
7.5.2.2 Quaternary sediments and Sand Dunes

Between approx. KP 50.0 and KP 92.0 fine grained quaternary sediments and sand dunes of low
heights are encountered. This may result in excessive earthworks in places in order to find a
stable surface below the dune erosion level. Detailed investigations shall be carried out during
detailed design to assess the risk of sand dunes for the subject project.
7.5.2.3 Solid rock

At the route north of Wadi Fatima between approx. KP 93,0 and KP 102.7 solid rock consisting

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
of surficially outcropping Precambrian volcanic rocks overlain by cenocoic conglomerates and

sandstones will be encountered. This may result in excessive earthworks. Detailed investigations
shall be carried out during detailed design to assess the sections of sound rock.
7.5.2.4 Section parallel to existing overhead power lines
Table 4: List of Sections Parallel to Overhead powerlines
KP from KP to Length (km) Assumed Voltage

Level
72.4 79.1 6.7 High
97.6 99.3 1,7 High
7.5.2.5 Crossing of Overhead Powerline Corridors
Table 5: List of Overhead Powerline Crossings
KP No. of Powerlines Assumed Voltage Level
1.6 2 High
8.8 2 High
57.8 2 High
79.1 3 High
87.9 2 High
89.4 1 High
97.5 1 High
98.1 1 High
98.5 1 High
99.3 1 High
7.5.2.6 Crossing of Highways and its interchanges, National Roads and Minor Road
Table 6: List of Road Crossings along Route
KP Type / Number Size
1.1 Access road 2x1 lane
1.5 Access road 1 lane
1.7 Control road fence 1 lane
2.5 Access road 2x1 lanes

Shoaiba
8.0 Highway 5 2x3 lane

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

1x3 lane
9.4 Highway from 304 2x3 lanes

to 5
25.3 Highway from 304 2x3 lanes
to 5
2x2 lane
59.1 Industrial city to 2x3 lane
Highway 5 2x2 lane
60.7 Minor gravel road 1 lane
65.9 Industrial city to 2x3 lane

Highway 5 2x2 lane
71.0 Service Road 2x1 lanes
71.5 Minor gravel road 1 lane
83.5 Highway under 2x3 lane

Construction 2x2 lane
86.3 Road Al Fadeylah 2x1 lane
88.6 Highway under 2x3 lane

Construction
88.8 Gravel Road 1x1 lane
1x1 lane
90.5 Gravel Road 1x1 lane
91.7 Municipality Road 2x1 lane
92.2 Road under 1x2 lane

96.3 Road under 1 lane
Construction
Construction
Construction
100.0 Access road 1 lane
(Municipality road)

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
7.5.2.7 Narrow Sections in Urban Area

Following table shows sections where limited space for pipeline construction is expected. The
contractor must provide detailed information about the construction method in this sections.
Table 7: List of sections with limited space in urban area
KP from KP to Length (m)
109.36 109.40 40
109.50 109.75 250
111.37 111.92 550
114.77 114.80 30
114.29 114.34 50
114.47 114.62 150
115.31 115.38 70
115.46 115.60 140
115.75 116.16 410
7.5.2.8 KP 2.5 to KP 8.0 SWCC Pipeline Corridor

Between KP 2.8 and 8.8 the pipeline shall be placed within the existing SWCC ROW, which is
occupied by numerous SWCC pipelines confined by the new access road to Shoaiba desalination
plant to the W and service road to the E.
7.5.2.9 Roads under Construction

At several locations the proposed route runs along or crosses roads currently under construction.
For the pipeline design consequently the as built design of the roads and bridges has to be
acquired from MOT for the detailed design of the subject crossings.
7.5.2.10 Wadi crossing

From KP 88.6 up to KP 92.0 the Wadi Fatima has to be crossed east of the MOT corridor with its
highway still not yet completed.
7.5.3 Major Construction Constraints 72’’ Pipeline RS-JE to TI-QA (KP 102.7-121.7)
Referring to the Route Verification Report following constraints have been discovered. It is clearly
as well as on the Contractor´s own investigations, additional construction requirements apply.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
7.5.3.1 Storm Water channels

At KP 105.0 and KP 107.9 storm water channels have to be crossed. Contractor to consider
trenchless crossing of these channels.
7.5.3.2 Solid rock
Between approx. KP 102,7 and KP 121,7 solid rock consisting of surficially outcropping
Precambrian volcanic and magmatic rocks overlain by cenocoic conglomerates and sandstones
will be encountered. This may result in excessive earthworks. Detailed investigations shall be
carried out during detailed design to assess the sections of sound rock.
7.5.3.3 Railway route

Another construction constrain represents the Haramain high-speed railway route which has to be
crossed at KP 116.4. Also for this crossing trenchless method is required.
7.5.3.4 Section parallel to existing overhead power lines
Table 8: List of Sections Parallel to Overhead Powerlines
KP from KP to Length (km) Assumed Voltage

Level
102.4 102.9 0.5 High
104.0 104.9 0.9 High
105.9 106.7 0.8 Low
110.0 110.3 0.3 Low
112.5 114.7 2.2 Low
115.3 116.5 1.2 High
117.4 118.8 1.4 Low
119.4 119.45 0.05 High
7.5.3.5 Crossing of Overhead Powerline Corridors
Table 9: List of Overhead Powerline Crossings
KP No. of Powerlines Assumed Voltage Level
102.3 1 High
102.9 1 High
103.3 2 High
105.0 2 High
116.5 1 High
119.4 1 High

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
7.5.3.6 Crossing minor and major roads
Table 10: List of Road Crossings along Route
KP Type / Number Size
103 Makkah Al 3x1 lane

Mukarramah Rd 4x2 lane
103.5 Service Road 2x1 lane
107.7 Old Makkah Rd 2x2 lane

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
119.4 Gravel road 1x1 lane
7.5.3.7 Installation of Pipeline within road areas at sections with limited space
To avoid to total closure of roads at such special sections Contractor is requested to apply special
pipe installation methods.
Whenever necessary trenchless pipe installation method shall be applied and respective cost to
be considered in the offer of the Contractor.
Alternatively construction method shall be optimized by reduced length of sections at which trench
width is limited as much as feasible. Instead of wide trench a state of the art trench support
system shall be installed. In addition Contractor shall consider installing prefabricated sections of
pipes (double or triple joint) to limit welding in confined space and reduce actual time of open
trench. For such sections excavation material cannot be stored beside the trench but has to be
brought to a storage area and re-imported after pipe laying for backfilling purpose. Same applies
for pipes which cannot be strung along these sections.
Total road closure shall be avoided at any circumstances. Whenever feasible at least one traffic
lane of the road must be maintained to allow traffic to flow and access of inhabitants to their living
or working quarters.
Contractor to provide detail description of work procedure to be applied for pipe laying at these
special sections including the equipment which is required as part of their technical offer.
7.5.3.8 Detour at Truck Filling Station for Potable Water next to TI-QA
Close to the existing Reservoir Station Quaiza a tank filling station provides potable water for
tanker trucks. These trucks provide water for local inhabitants. Due to the high frequency of traffic

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
at this area a traffic concept with detours and/or one-way regulations will be needed during pipe
laying works. The contractor is responsible to provide all necessary measurements to guarantee
an uninterrupted flow of traffic especially in the last kilometre of the 72’’ gravity line.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
8 STATIONS
8.1 Scope
The information contained in this chapter shall give a clear picture pertaining to the general
arrangement and layout of the major components at the various stations.
For the pump station, reservoir station and the endpoint station a general layout drawing is
provided showing the arrangement of the buildings, structures and the main piping with
appurtenances. For other auxiliary stations like vent- and drain stations, typical drawings are
prepared.
8.2 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station – PS-SH
8.2.1 General
Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station – PS-SH for SQWTS-B, including the new storage tanks and pump
group, is located at Shoaiba next to the existing facilities for Shoaiba Desalination plants phase 1
to 4. The new erected tanks at this station will operate in pool with tanks from Phase 2,3 and 4.
Also included is the new storage area with a storage building and all necessary facilities. The
Pump station will be inside an overall HCIS Class 1 Perimeter fence of SWCC.
For the design flow rate of the pump group to reference is made to chapter 3.2.
For reference see the following drawings:
QP20-D-1210 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station, Tank Farm, P&I Diagram
QP20-D-1211 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station, Station Inlet and Booster Pumps, P&I
Diagram
QP20-D-1212 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station, Main Pumps and Station Outlet, P&I
Diagram
QP10-Q-1310 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH) and Tank Farm, General Overview
QP10-Q-1311 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH) and Tank Farm, General Layout
QP10-Q-1312 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), General Layout
QP10-Q-1314 Shoaiba Quaiza Storage Area, General Layout
8.2.2 New Tank Farm

Four (4) new storage tanks with a capacity of 150,000 m³ each will be installed within the plot of
the new Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station PS-SH. The storage tanks are supplied from the existing
Phase 4 Desalination plant and new desalination plants at Shoaiba . The connection piping with
interfaces is included in this scope. Additional a pool operation with the tanks from Shoaiba Phase
2, 3 and 4 is foreseen (connection at outlet header). To establish a proper pool operation the
existing tanks must be surveyed. The survey of the existing tanks is in the scope of the station
contractor.
Each tank is supplied by one top inlet with one common line tapping of from the main tank farm
inlet header. The pump group at PS-SH is supplied by one tank outlet header. All tanks are
connected to the outlet header.
Normally all tank valves are open, pool operation of all storage tanks is foreseen. One (1) tank
can be taken out of operation (e.g. for maintenance) but this shall have no limitations to the

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
design flow rate of the connected pump group(s) nor to the incoming supply lines.
8.2.3 Pump Group

For transport of water from Shoaiba to Jeddah booster and main pump units are required.
Booster Pump Units:

The booster pump units are connected to the 88” supply header from the tank farm. Five (5)
booster pump units in parallel arrangement have to be installed with four (4) units normally in
operation and one (1) in stand-by.
The booster pump units are located in the Booster Pump House. A control valve has to be
provided for the recirculation bypass. The recirculation by-pass is designed for the flow rate of one
(1) booster pump unit and is required for the low flow protection of the pumps as well as for pump
testing during start-up. For pipeline filling or pipeline drainage towards the PS-SH tank farm the
recirculation control valve can be bypassed.
The data for the PS-SH booster pump units is defined in chapter 13.4.
Main Pump Units:
For the PS-SH pump group five (5) main pump units in parallel arrangement have to be installed
with four (4) units normally in operation and one (1) in stand-by. The main pump units are
connected to the discharge header coming from the Booster Pump House.
The main pump units are located in the Main Pump House at PS-SH. For flow control of the main
pumps variable speed drives (VSD) are foreseen. A control valve has to be provided for the
recirculation bypass. The recirculation by-pass is designed for the flow rate of one (1) main pump
unit and can be utilized for pump testing during start-up, for pipeline filling and for pipeline
drainage towards the PS-SH tank farm. For drainage operation the recirculation control valve
need to be bypassed to avoid reverse flow through the valve.
The data for the PS-SH main pump units is defined in chapter 13.4.

The technical data for the recirculation control valves for booster and main pumps is defined in
chapter 13.3.4. Control valves including the associated isolation / bypass valves and piping are
located in shafts.
8.2.5 Surge Vessel Plants

A surge vessel plant shall be provided for SQWTS-B at the pump station outlet.
The vessels shall be of horizontal design with pressurized air supply from one central air
compressor station. The compressor station with two (2) air compressor units, one (1) unit
normally in operation and one (1) in stand-by, is sized for the SQWTS-B. The spare compressor
unit will be switchable.
For further details reference is made to chapter 13.6.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
8.2.6 Cooling Water System

An independently working central cooling water systems shall be provided for the related booster
and main pump motors, lube oil system of main pumps and the Fan Filter Units for the pump
house cooling. A separate cooling water system (incl. chillers) shall be provided for the VSD units
of the main pumps. The chillers will be water cooled by the above mentioned central cooling water
systems.
The cooling equipment shall be located within the Booster Pump House.
The technical description and the main data for the cooling water systems are contained in the
chapter 13.5.
8.2.7 Station Water Supply

At the suction header of the booster pumps a tap-off with flow meter is foreseen for station water
supply as well as supply of the firefighting system.
8.2.8 Chlorination Facilities and Water Quality Monitoring

The water produced in the new Shoaiba desalination plant will be treated according to the
required water quality given in chapter 3.5, before supplied to the new Shoaiba tank farm.
Therefore no further chlorination system will be required.
A water quality monitoring shall be foreseen at the suction header of the PS-SH booster pumps.
8.2.9 Station Piping System

The station piping system consists mainly of the following parts:
 The tank inlet header and individual tank inlet piping including all valves and fittings an
connection to the existing 64’’ pipe from desalination plant Phase 4 to tank farm Phase 4,
including all valves and fittings.
 The tank outlet header and individual tank outlet piping including all valves and fittings.
 The suction header for connection of the booster pump units and the individual booster
pump suction piping including valves, temporary strainers and fittings.
 The piping between the booster and main pump units and the individual booster pump
discharge and main pump suction piping, including valves and fittings.
 The main pump discharge header, the individual main pump discharge piping and the
station outlet piping including valves, flow meter, and filling by-passes.
 The recirculation bypass piping for the booster and main pumps including all necessary
valves, control valves and flow meter.
 The surge vessel plant piping at the station outlets.
 Connection piping for pool operation with Shoaiba Phase 4 including valves and fittings
and relocation of existing valve inside tank farm Phase 4.
 All required vents, drains, valves and fittings and any other piping and equipment not listed
above but shown on the drawings respectively as necessary for proper function of the
pump station.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
For more detailed description of piping and mechanical components reference is made to chapter
9 and 13.
8.2.10 Electrical Works, Control and Instrumentation

The electrical works at Shoaiba Pump Station PS-SH comprises:
 The booster pump motors

 The main pump motors including VSDs.
 All power supply installations associated with pump units, valves and auxiliary process
systems such as cooling water system, surge vessel plant, control valves, VSD chillers,
HVAC equipment, building installation, outdoor lighting, etc.
 CP’s for station piping system and the steel tanks.
 All installation works for connection to 110 kV-Substation.
 2 x 110/13.8 kV Power transformers boxes.
More detailed descriptions and requirements for electrical works can be found in chapter 14 and
21, and for instrumentation and control works reference is made to chapter 15.
8.2.11 Civil Works and Structures

The civil works at Shoaiba Pump Station PS-SH consists mainly of the following parts:
 All earthworks incl. dewatering and soil improvement, especially for the provision of
platform for the entire station and tank farm area of defined elevations (two levels
applicable), including the provided area for SQWTS-B facilities.
 All earthworks incl. dewatering and soil improvement, especially for the provision of
platform for the entire storage area, including the provided area for SQWTS-B facilities.
 The concrete ring foundations for the steel tanks.
 The foundations for the tank inlet, outlet and overflow piping supports.
 All structures required for the overflow and drainage system of the tanks, including the sea
outfall pipe.
 The booster pump house including foundations to accommodate the booster pump units
and all related piping, valves, CWS and associated process equipment.
 The main pump house including foundations to accommodate the main pump units and all
related piping, valves and associated process equipment.
 Separate VSD Buildings and VSD transformer structures to house the VSD units for the
main pump motors including all related cabling, cooling piping, chillers, HVAC and
associated process equipment.
 The electrical building to house the medium voltage and low voltage switchgears, a battery
room, station control facilities as well as offices, sanitary rooms and further rooms indicated
on the drawings.
 The water quality monitoring building
 Car sheds
 The foundations for the surge vessels and air compressor container etc.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 The emergency generator, firefighting and utility water building.

 Storage building located at dedicated area next to Pump Station Phase 1 Makkah-Taif.
 All cable ducts and shafts for all underground equipment such, valves, control valves, flow
meters, instrumentation and all other subsystems, including all shafts, and cable ducts at
Shoaiba Area. Walkable cable ducts from the electrical building to the booster pump house,
the VSD transformers.
 Civil infrastructure such as roads, paving, drainage system, fence, sewage and drinking
water installations, fence and area lighting, station finishing works, etc. for the entire station,
tank farm plot.
 Connection of power supply and drainage system of storage building to existing facilities of
Shoaiba Phase 1.
 Relocation of evaporation pond at area of storage building.
 A HV-Substation including all civil works, erecting of a HV-Substation building and
Transformers. For detailed information reference are made in chapter 21.
 All works for HCIS requirements according to HCIS standard and stipulations in chapter
4.2.
For detailed information on civil works and buildings reference is made to chapters 10, 11 and 12.
8.3 Reservoir Station Jeddah South East – RS-JE
8.3.1 General
The Reservoir Station Jeddah South East (RS-JE) being the endpoint of the 88” pipeline of
SQWTS-B, with two (2) steel tanks of a capacity of 170,000 m3 each and four (4) future steel
tanks of a capacity of 170,000 m³, is located at Jeddah. The station platform must be built for all
six (6) tanks but only two (2) steel tanks á 170,000 m³ are included in the scope and will be erect.
QP20-D-1220 Reservoir Station Jeddah South East, P&I Diagram
QP10-Q-1320 Reservoir Station Jeddah South East (RS-JE), General Layout

The station piping system of the reservoir station consists mainly of the following parts:
 Station inlet and outlet piping including isolation couplings, valves and flow metering
facilities.
above but shown on the drawings respectively as necessary for proper function of the
reservoir station.
13.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

The electrical and ICT works for the Reservoir station comprise:
 Equipment and cabling for power supply from SEC

 The low voltage switchboards, distribution boards and UPS
 The emergency diesel generator
 CPS for the station piping system and for the steel tanks.
 All power supply installations associated with valves and auxiliary process systems such as
control valves, flow metering, etc.
 Level transmitters at new tanks including cabling to the reservoir station.
 Instrumentation and control equipment, including unit control and station control.
 All safety and security systems according to HCIS standard.
More detailed descriptions and requirements for electrical works can be found in chapter 14, and
for instrumentation and control works reference is made to chapter 15.

The civil works to be performed for the Reservoir station will consist mainly of:
 All earthworks for provision of platform for the tank area for six (6) tanks and inlet facilities
for SQWTS-B.
 Slope protection, where slope flattening, erosion, slope collapse and rock fall protection
measures have to be applied. High rock slopes have to be assessed by a geologist and
protected with anchors or intermediate berms.
 Rock excavation and backfilling for the entire station platform.
 The tank concrete foundations for two (2) steel tanks.
 All cable ducts and shafts for all underground equipment such as valves, flow meters,
instrumentation and all other subsystems.
 Civil infrastructure such as roads, trenches, paving, lighting, etc. as per their requirements.
 Car shed
 Civil infrastructures for drainage for storm water and overflow as per their requirements.
 An overflow and drainage pipe with approximately 4 km length to the storm water channel
northwest of the reservoir station.
 Civil infrastructures for utility water and sewage incl. a septic tank as per their requirements.
 All civil works related to power supply from electrical building as per their requirements.
 External facilities such as the connection road from the station to the public road network as
per their requirements.
 An electrical building type 2 including a platform for the emergency generator and all
necessary civil works.
 All works for HCIS requirements according to HCIS standard an stipulations in chapter 4.2.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
8.4 Tie-In Station Quaiza – TI-QA
8.4.1 General
The Tie-in Station Quaiza is connecting the 72” main pipeline to the existing Reservoir Station
Quaiza and will be the endpoint of the SQWTS-B. The connection shall be at the spare inlet
nozzle at the existing 90,000m³ steel tank at the reservoir station.
QP20-D-1230 Tie-In Station, Quaiza, P&I Diagram
QP10-Q-1330 Tie-In Station Quaiza, General Layout

The station piping system of the tie-in station consists mainly of the following parts:
 Station inlet piping including isolation coupling, valves, metering facilities, control valves,
flow and water quality metering.
above but shown on the drawings respectively as necessary for proper function of the tie-in
station.
 Connection to existing inlet spare nozzle at 90,000 m³ steel tank.
13.

The electrical and ICT works for the tie-in station comprise:
 Equipment and cabling for power supply from existing electrical building at Reservoir
Station Quaiza.
 Extension of existing low voltage and UPS system for implementing the power supply to
the new installed equipment
 Extension of existing CPS for the new station piping system.
 All power supply installations associated with valves and auxiliary process systems such
as control valves.
 Level transmitters or provision of level signal from Quaiza tanks including cabling to the
tie-in station.
 Instrumentation and control equipment, including unit control and station control.
More detailed descriptions and requirements for electrical works can be found in chapter 14, and
for instrumentation and control works reference is made to chapter 15.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

The civil works to be performed for the tie-in stations will consist mainly of:
 Earthworks for the station platform.

 All civil works related to power supply from Quaiza Reservoir Station as per requirements.
 The WQM building and all civil works related to the water quality monitoring.
 All cable trenches and shafts for all underground equipment such as valves, control valves,
flow meters, instrumentation and all other subsystems.
 Civil infrastructure such as roads, trenches, paving, drainage, fence, lighting, etc. for the tie-
in station area
8.5 Vent, Drain and Washout Stations
8.5.1 Vent Stations

Automatic vent stations with manholes will be installed in an average distance of approx. 5 km,
depending on the final pipeline profile and vent and drain calculation. In general automatic vent
stations with manhole will be installed at distinct highpoints of the pipeline profile. The automatic
vents shall be designed for automatic aeration and de-aeration, in addition they shall serve as
access opening to the pipelines to perform joint lining and lining inspection during the construction
phase and to enable later maintenance and/or inspection.
A typical automatic vent station consists of a tee connection to the pipeline with a flange/blind
flange assembly. On top of the blind flange the isolation valve and the aeration/de-aeration valve
will be installed.
In addition to the automatic vents, manual vents shall be foreseen at all intermediate pipeline
highpoints.
For surge protection reasons, in addition to the general requirement above, non-slam automatic
air vents must be installed, see chapter 13.3.5. The final number and location of such vent
stations shall be defined by the Contractor during final design and implemented as part of the pipe
laying works. At each of these locations two (2) automatic air vents of non-slam type must be
installed.
The vent station equipment will be located within concrete shafts with removable cover. General
layout of vents are shown in the following drawings:
QP50-D-1150 Shoaiba - Quaiza, Hydraulic Profile
QP20-D-1200 Shoaiba Quaiza System Flow Diagram
QP20-D-1264 Typical Vent and Drain Station, P&I Diagram
QP10-Q-1452 Typical Vent Station for Single Line, General Arrangement
During final design the Contractor must perform the necessary calculations based on the
approved design criteria, to define the required number, location, type and size of vent valves.
A continuously ascending or descending pipeline profile shall be achieved over long distances by
adapting the trench depth accordingly.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
8.5.2 Drain and Wash-out Stations

To enable flushing of the pipelines during the initial phase of operation and to empty pipe
segments and sections of the pipelines for repair and/or inspection purpose, the installation of
drain stations is necessary. Such drain stations have to be located at distinctive low points of the
pipeline profile (i.e. at the lowest point between two adjacent vent stations).
Drain stations consist of a pipe connection to the invert of the pipeline, two manually operated
valves and a blind flange. The drain pipes will terminate in a drainage shaft, which is fitted with a
lockable cover and a ladder. Mobile sump pumps shall be foreseen to empty the drain shaft and
the pipe.
For each section to be drained at least one major wash-out station shall be provided for drainage
of major amount of water. Further wash-out stations may be required for the mainline.
Suitable location for drains and wash-outs shall be selected, at which the calculated amount of
drainage water can be safely disposed (e.g. in Wadi beds).
The maximum drainage time shall be 36 hours.
Drain chambers shall be made of in-situ concrete in case the water level is above bottom
elevation of the shafts. Permanent valve stem extensions shall be installed at drain valves in case
the shaft depth is exceeding 3.50 m.
The general layout and arrangement is shown in the following drawings:
QP20-D-1264 Typical Vent and Drain Station, P&I Diagram
QP10-Q-1450 Typical Washout Drain Station, General Arrangement
QP10-Q-1451 Typical Drain Station for Single Line, General Arrangement
8.6 Battery Limits
The following battery limits between station construction and pipe laying shall apply:
8.6.1 Pump Station PS-SH

 Battery limit is the isolation coupling at the pump station outlet (isolation coupling is part of
the station contract) as defined on the layout drawings and the P&I Diagram.
8.6.2 Reservoir Station

 Battery limit is the isolation coupling at the station inlet and outlet (isolation coupling is part
of the station contract) as defined on the layout drawings and the P&I Diagram.
8.6.3 Tie-in Station

 Battery limit is the isolation coupling at the station inlet (isolation coupling is part of the
station contract) as defined on the layout drawings and the P&I Diagram.
8.7 Contract Limits
The following main contract limits are valid for the project:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
8.7.1 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station PS-SH and HV Substation

 The X/Y co-ordinates delimiting the area for all installations for PS-SH as defined in this
specification and displayed on the layout drawings and the P&I Diagrams.
 The connection to / modification of the station road system within SWCC property.
 The connection to the power supply system of the station, reference is made to chapter 14.
 The connection to the control and communication system of the stations, reference is made
to chapter 15.
 The overall security and safety system for PS-SH will be provided under a different
contract. Coordination between the Contractors is needed.
 The piping interface to the Shoaiba Phase 4 tank farm outlet piping for pool operation (final
connection point is subject to detail design).
 The connection to the supply header of the desalination plant.
8.7.2 Reservoir Station Jeddah South East

 The X/Y co-ordinates delimiting the area for the new reservoir station including the areas
outside required for access roads, implementation of security requirements and any other
works described in this specification.
 The interface point of the access road with the public road network outside the station.
 The existing SEC grid - power fiscal meter, exact contract limit to be coordinated with SEC.
Coordination is part of the Contract.
 The connection to the control and communication system of the stations, reference is made
to chapter 15.
 The blind flange with interface shaft for connection of future city feeder line (by MEWA).
Exact contract limit (type, location, etc.) to be coordinated with MEWA. Coordination and all
works are part of the Contract. Water quality monitoring and tariff metering shall be
according to SWDC.
8.7.3 Tie-In Station Quaiza

 The X/Y co-ordinates delimiting the area for the tie-in to the existing spare inlet nozzle of
the steel tank as defined on the layout drawing and P&I Diagram including the areas
outside required for any works described in this specification.
 The existing control system of Reservoir Quaiza for extension with a data exchange
interface to the new control system.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
9 WATER STORAGE STEEL TANKS
9.1 General
New steel storage tanks are required at the following stations:

Table 9-1 New Storage Tanks
Station Tank Size [m³]
Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station 4 x 150,000

Reservoir Station Jeddah South East 2 x 170,000
The steel storage tanks shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the technical
requirements as defined in the chapters below.
9.2 Design Requirements
The water tanks to be erected at above mentioned locations shall be flat bottom welded steel
tanks. At the PS-SH tank farm 4 (four) tanks shall be constructed with aluminum dome roofs. For
the 2 (two) tanks at RS-JE aluminum dome roofs are foreseen. The tanks shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the “Specification M09 Steel Tanks”, Doc. No. QC10-H-049. For
tanks with aluminum dome roof the requirements as per API 650, Appendix G shall be
considered. For the internal cathodic protection reference is made to the above mentioned
standard specification M 09, for the cathodic protection of the tank bottom reference is made to
the “Specification E16 Cathodic Protection”, Doc. No. QC10-H-096.
Vent pipes for filling lines and roof vents shall be designed well above the full inlet/outlet air flow
rates.
In order to avoid large dead volumes, the min. water level in the tanks shall be 0.3 m above the
bottom plate. For this purpose the outlet piping will be extended into a pit. Hydraulic verification of
the outlet configuration shall be provided during detailed design, in order to avoid air intake during
operation at low water levels.
All tanks will be equipped with bottom outlet only.
If the roof will be built as dome roof, the roof shall be supported only from the rim of the tank. No
sliding supports between roof and tank shell shall be considered. A tension ring shall be provided
at the interface between roof and shell.
A Finite Element Analysis of the roof structure shall be prepared considering non-linear effects
(buckling). Close collaboration between roof designer and tank designer is mandatory. The
stiffness of the tank shell considered for roof calculation shall be based on the actual tank layout
and determined by a structural analysis. The shell design shall consider all loads from the roof.
For roof and shell design special attention shall be given to non-symmetric load cases (wind,
seismic) and eccentric loads.
All Materials for the tanks (concrete, steel, aluminium, etc.) must be chosen accordingly to all
possible impacts, including chemical attacks from close by facilities (e.g. higher sulphur
concentration in air or rain).

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
9.3 Foundations for Steel Tanks
Prior to commencement of construction of the tank foundations soil exploration activities have to
be carried out by the Contractor to ensure that soil conditions at the tank area will be suitable for
the expected loads.
In case of unsuitable bearing conditions, the existing ground conditions shall be improved by a
suitable subsoil improvement method, e.g. but not limited to stone columns, preloading.
The shell of the steel tanks shall rest on a ring beam of reinforced concrete of adequate width.
The bottom plate of the tanks shall be laid on a layer of 300 mm of clean washed sand. The final
surface of the sand layer shall have an inclination of 1.0% rising to the tank centre. Below the
sand a layer of well compacted road base material of approx. 500 mm thickness shall be placed.
The road base material shall be supported by subsoil which has to be compacted to 100% proctor
density.
Depending on the chosen method for cathodic protection of the tank bottom (reference is made to
specification E16 “Cathodic Protection”) an additional, isolating layer (e.g. HDPE foil) will be
required, underneath the anode grid, below the tank bottom.
In order to avoid excessive stresses due to tank shell bulging or differential settlements, the inlet
and outlet piping shall be separated from the station piping with an unrestraint bellow expansion
joint. For top inlets a fixed pipe support shall be provided on both sides of the expansion joint to
account for the thrust force. In case of bottom outlet a fixed support shall be provided on the
downstream side of the expansion joint.
The location and design of the pipe supports inside and outside the tank shall be designed to
meet structural requirements (pipe and tank) and to avoid vibrations at max. flowrate.
9.4 New 150,000 m3 Steel Tanks at Tank Farm Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station
Four (4) steel tanks with a capacity of 150,000 m³ each are foreseen at the station. The roofs shall
be constructed as aluminum dome roofs to ensure easier maintenance.
Reference is made to the following typical drawings:
QP20-D-1210 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station, Tank Farm, P&I Diagram
QP10-Q-1408 "Typical Steel Tank 150,000m³, Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH),
General Arrangement"
The following nozzles shall be foreseen at each tank:
 Inlet 1 x 60” (DN 1500)

 Spare inlet nozzle 1 x 60” (DN 1500)
 Outlet 1 x 52” (DN 1300)
 Spare outlet nozzles 1 x 52” (DN1300)
 Pump out connections 2 x 12” as described below
 Overflow piping of adequate size
 Drain piping of adequate size and number
In addition all other nozzles for inspection and instrumentation are required as defined in the
specification M 09. For the spare outlet nozzles a pit of same size shall be provided.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
For complete drainage in case of tank isolation it shall be possible to install mobile transfer pumps
at the drain lines to allow saving of water. For this purpose mobile electric driven pump units shall
be provided and suitably sized to allow draining the rest water (water which cannot be pumped
into the main system) within approximately eight (8) hours into a neighboring tank.
For connection of the mobile pumps each tank shall be equipped with two (2) 12” pump out
nozzles including shut off valve and blind flange (in addition to the regular drain connections). At
each 12” pump out a pump basement and a power connection for the mobile pump unit shall be
provided as well as the necessary flexible hose pipes. Two (2) mobile pump units shall be
supplied per station. They shall be equipped with a self-actuated flow control valve to avoid high
flows at low discharge pressures.
For the tanks a minimum of 15 boreholes shall be made per tank with depths varying between 30
and 50 m. The total number and depths of boreholes to be defined by soil expert. In order to
define extent of individual subsoil layers the investigations shall be supplemented by suitable
geophysical methods. In case soil investigation demonstrate the existence of karstified limestone,
more detailed investigations to assess the karst risk are required.
Based on above investigations geological and geotechnical sectional drawings shall be prepared
as input for the 3D settlement calculations to be performed for each tank. The required
geotechnical parameters shall be determined by suitable investigations methods (e.g. SPT, plate
load tests).
9.5 New 170,000 m3 Steel Tanks at Reservoir Station Jeddah South East
Two (2) steel tanks with a capacity of 170,000 m³ each are foreseen at the station.
Reference is made to the following typical drawings:
QP10-Q-1409 Typical Steel Tank 170,000m³, Reservoir Station Jeddah South East,
General Arrangement
QP20-D-1220 Reservoir Station Jeddah South East P&I Diagram
The following nozzles shall be foreseen at each tank:
 Inlets 2 x 48” (DN 1200)

 Future inlet 1 x 48” (DN 1200)
 Spare inlet nozzle 1 x 48” (DN 1200)
 Outlet 2 x 48” (DN 1200)
 Future outlet 1 x 48” (DN 1200)
 Spare outlet nozzles 1 x 48” (DN1200)
 Pump out connections 2 x 12” as described below
 Overflow piping of adequate size
 Drain piping of adequate size and number
In addition all other nozzles for inspection and instrumentation are required as defined in the
specification M 09. For the spare outlet nozzles a pit of same size shall be provided.
For complete drainage in case of tank isolation it shall be possible to install mobile transfer pumps
at the drain lines to allow saving of water. For this purpose mobile electric driven pump units shall
be provided and suitably sized to allow draining the rest water (water which cannot be pumped

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
into the main system) within approximately eight (8) hours into a neighboring tank.
For connection of the mobile pumps each tank shall be equipped with two (2) 12” pump out
nozzles including shut off valve and blind flange (in addition to the regular drain connections). At
each 12” pump out a pump basement and a power connection for the mobile pump unit shall be
provided as well as the necessary flexible hose pipes. Two (2) mobile pump units shall be
supplied per station. They shall be equipped with a self-actuated flow control valve to avoid high
flows at low discharge pressures.
For the tanks a minimum of 15 boreholes shall be made per tank with depths varying between 30
and 50 m. The total number and depths of boreholes to be defined by soil expert and may be
reduced in case rock is prevailing. In order to define extent of individual subsoil layers the
investigations shall be supplemented by suitable geophysical methods. In case soil investigation
demonstrate the existence of karstified limestone, more detailed investigations to assess the karst
risk are required.
Based on above investigations geological and geotechnical sectional drawings shall be prepared
as input for the 3D settlement calculations to be performed for each tank. The required
geotechnical parameters shall be determined by suitable investigations methods (e.g. SPT, plate
load tests).

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
10 STATION BUILDINGS
10.1 General
This chapter describes the layout and construction requirements for the buildings to be erected at
the various stations of the SHOAIBA QUAIZA B WATER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM.
The building layout of the individual buildings is shown in the respective building drawings
The arrangement of the buildings within the stations is shown on the general layout drawings of
the respective stations.
As a general rule the design of the buildings shall be identical for all stations, if not specified
otherwise.
10.2 Buildings
10.2.1 Booster and Main Pump Houses

Reference Drawings
QP10-Q-1510 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Booster Pump House,
Floor Plan, Basement
QP10-Q-1511 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Booster Pump House, Section,
Elevations
QP10-Q-1512 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Main Pump House, Floor Plan,
Basement
QP10-Q-1513 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Main Pump House, Section,
Elevations
General Description
Two buildings are to house booster / main pumps and the motor units as well as all related
piping facilities, valves and subsystems and lay-down areas. Depending on the length of
the pump houses, the pump houses will be divided by expansion joints (and/or settlement
joints).
The areas for the cooling water system is provided inside of the booster pump house. Also
an area for control panels of HVAC is provided inside of the booster pump house.
The pump houses are equipped with overhead cranes. For crane capacities please refer
chapter 13.10.
The cable ducts on one of the longitudinal sides of the pump houses and adjacent to the
longitudinal side of the VSD building will be connected with the cable cellars of the electrical
buildings via walkable cable ducts. The walkable cable ducts are accessible from the cable
cellar of the electrical building respectively from the cable duct of the pump houses. The
cable connection from walkable cable ducts to the connected buildings shall be done by fire
resistant wall penetrations. Depending on the length of the walkable cable ducts fire
compartments have to be defined and minimum one emergency exit has to be provided
from the walkable ducts.
The cable connection from VSD transformer building to the main pump house will be done
by cable conduits.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
For the design of the booster pump house the Contractor has to consider the suction
requirements of the pumps regarding NPSH required and the specified minimum tank level.
Elevations shown on the drawing shall be adapted as required.
For arrangement of ventilation equipment and its support structure, the accessibility and
space for maintenance of main equipment (valves, pumps, motors, etc.) as well as of the
ventilation equipment itself has to be considered. HVAC equipment shall be placed in front
of the building, if possible. If any equipment needs to be protected from weather an
additional protection must be installed.
The elevation of the finished floor level is 0.20 m above station level respectively according
respective building drawings.
For layout and size reference is made to the above mentioned drawings.
Construction
Foundations:
Reinforced concrete foundation slabs (watertight), individual footings for the pump and
motor units (separated from foundation slab and encased in a watertight pit) and pipe and
valve support pedestals.
Load bearing structures:
Below ground: Reinforced concrete walls (water tight) and columns
Above ground: Columns, trusses and longitudinal girders, cantilevering runway girders and
shoulders for crane beam as well as wind bracings made of steel.
Walls:
Below ground: Reinforced concrete walls, watertight.
Above ground: Precast concrete sandwich panels with thermal insulation of min. 80 mm in
between. Inner shell of concrete panels is fair faced and outer shell is beige coloured (by
adding pigments in concrete – colour to be approved by Engineer). Interior surface painted
with dispersion paint, colour selected by Engineer, exterior surface sandblasted
Roofs:
Flat roofs made of precast reinforced concrete slabs with inverted roof construction with
layers of bituminous felt, thermal insulation of min. 100 mm and concrete tiles. Roof
drainage by means of down pipe reservoirs, and down pipes on one longitudinal side.
Smoke escapes in sufficient number have to be provided as well as access to the roofs
(e.g. mounted ladders).
Floors:
Sloped cement screed with slope away from cable ducts. Drainage channels with
connection to drainage system have to be provided. Manholes will be covered by
chequered steel plates. The cable ducts are covered with precast concrete slabs. Pump
sumps covered with grating are provided within the cable ducts.
Windows:
Window strips on both longitudinal sides with fixed glass. Sunscreen according room book
and drawings.
Doors:
Electrically driven sectional doors of aluminum with thermally insulated panels and
pedestrian doors.
Single doors, material and finishing is described in chapter 11.2.5.
Sanitary installations:
Sinks and hose connections in sufficient number have to be provided.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Air condition and ventilation are described in chapter 13.9.
10.2.2 Electrical Building for Pump Station

Reference Drawings
QP10-Q-1514 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Electrical Building, Floor Plan,
Cable Cellar
QP10-Q-1515 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Electrical Building, Section,
Elevations
General Description
The electrical building is a one storey structure and will house the LV/MV and control
installations for pipeline and station control as well as offices, a meeting room, a prayer
room with ablution, social and sanitary rooms and technical rooms (HVAC room, firefighting
equipment room, etc.).
Depending on the length of the electrical building, the building will be divided by expansion
joints (and/or settlement joints).
The building consists of a cable cellar and a ground floor. The cable cellar will be
connected by accessible, walkable cable ducts with the VSD transformer structures and
with the pump houses. The cable ducts and the building will be separated by fire walls and
fire resistant cable passages.
The elevation of the finished floor at ground floor level is 1.25 m above station level, the
finished floor level of the basement is 1.40 m below station level, respectively according to
related building drawings.
Construction
Foundations:
Reinforced concrete slabs, watertight
Below ground: Columns and walls made of reinforced concrete, watertight.
Above ground: Columns and beams made of reinforced concrete.
External walls:
Below ground: Reinforced concrete, water tight
with dispersion paint, colour selected by Engineer, exterior surface sandblasted
Interior walls:
Cable cellar: Reinforced concrete walls or hollow concrete block work covered with plaster.
Surfaces shall be painted, colour selected by Engineer
Above ground: Reinforced concrete walls and hollow concrete block work plastered and
painted, colour selected by Engineer. Lavatory rooms tiled (room high).
Stairs:
Stairs and pedestal made of reinforced concrete, bottom view fair faced and painted.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Colour shall be selected by Engineer.

Roofs:
drainage by means of down pipe reservoirs, and down pipes on the longitudinal sides of the
building. Access to the roof (e.g. mounted ladders) shall be provided in sufficient numbers.
Windows:
Window strips on both longitudinal sides, sashes opening to the inside. In habitable rooms,
sashes partly side- and bottom hung. Sunscreen according room book and drawings.
Doors:
Exterior and interior doors shall be either double leaf doors or single doors. Material and
finishing is described in chapter 11.2.5.
Water connections and sanitary equipment in the kitchens, lavatories, washrooms and
ablution have to be provided in accordance with the drawings and the room book.
Finishing works and building installations are described in chapter 11.
Transformer boxes for two (2) distribution transformers and two (2) 110/13.8kV power
transformers are located in front of the longitudinal sides of the building. The transformer
boxes are constructed of reinforced concrete with visible aggregate surface, without roof.
Below the transformer an oil-tight collecting basin shall be provided. The volume of the
basin shall be equal to the total oil volume of the transformer, including a 10% safety
margin for fire water and possible rain water collected in the basin. The basin shall be
equipped with a slide gate valve that shall allow frequent release of rain water but avoid
spillage of oil to the sewage system. An oil separator shall be provided upstream the
connection to the station sewage system. Side, partition and rear walls of the transformer
boxes are 120 min fire rated reinforced concrete walls with visible aggregate surface. The
double doors are constructed of aluminium or steel profiles with wire mesh.
10.2.3 Typical Electrical Building 2

Reference Drawing:
QP10-Q-1557 Typical Electrical Building Type-2, Floor Plan, Section, Elevations
General Description
The buildings are provided to accommodate the electrical room, a security equipment room,
a battery room and a lavatory. The electrical rooms and the security equipment rooms are
equipped with a double floor.
The elevation of the finished floor level is 0.20 m above station level.
Layout and approximate size of the building is depicted in the above mentioned drawing,
however shall be adapted by the Contractor to the required equipment for the reservoir
station.
Construction
Foundation:
Reinforced concrete slab, watertight.
Load bearing structure:
Below ground: Walls made of reinforced concrete, watertight.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

External walls:
Below ground: reinforced concrete, watertight
with dispersion paint, colour selected by Engineer, exterior surface sandblasted.
Interior walls:
Double false floor: Reinforced concrete walls.
painted, colour selected by Engineer. Lavatory room tiled (room high).
Roof:
Flat roof with precast reinforced concrete slabs with inverted roof construction with layers of
bituminous felt, thermal insulation of min. 100 mm and concrete tiles. Roof drainage by
means of down pipe reservoirs, and down pipes on the longitudinal sides of the building.
Access to the roof (e.g. mounted ladders) shall be provided in sufficient numbers.
Windows:
Window with sashes opening to the inside, side- and bottom hung. Sunscreen according
drawings and room book.
Doors:
Exterior doors shall be either double leaf doors or single doors. Material and finishing is
described in chapter 11.2.5.
10.2.4 VSD Building

Reference Drawings
QP10-Q-1516 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), VSD Building, Floor Plan,
Basement
QP10-Q-1517 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), VSD Building, Sections, Elevations
General Description
The building consist of two separated building structures.
First building structure is to house the firefighting and cooling pump rooms and the VSD
rooms with variable speed drives (VSD) for the main pumps. The building structures which
house the VSD rooms will be equipped with a double false floor. Partition walls between
VSD rooms will be fire walls. The size of VSD rooms is based on water cooled VSD units.
The second building structure is to house the VSD transformers. The transformer structure
shall be constructed without roof. Below the transformer an oil-tight collecting basin shall be
provided. The volume of the basin shall be equal to the total oil volume of the transformer,
including a 10% safety margin for fire water and possible rain water collected in the basin.
The basin shall be equipped with a slide gate valve that shall allow frequent release of rain
water but avoid spillage of oil to the sewage system. An oil separator shall be provided
upstream the connection to the station sewage system. Side, partition and rear walls of the
transformer boxes are 120 min fire rated reinforced concrete walls with visible aggregate
surface. The double doors and the pedestrian door are constructed of aluminium or steel
profiles with wire mesh.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The cable connection between the VSD transformers and the VSD rooms and the cable
connection between the VSD building and the pump house will be done by cable conduits.
Depending on the length of the buildings, expansion joints and/or settlement joints shall be
implemented.
For the elevation of the finished floor, layout and size of the buildings refer to the respective
building drawings.
Construction of VSD building structure

Foundation:
Reinforced concrete slab, watertight.
Load bearing structure:
Below ground: Walls made of reinforced concrete, watertight.
External walls:
Below ground: Reinforced concrete, watertight
with dispersion paint, colour selected by Engineer, exterior surface sandblasted.
Interior walls:
Double false floor: Reinforced concrete walls.
painted, colour selected by Engineer.
Roof:
Flat roof made of precast reinforced concrete slabs with inverted roof construction with
building. Access to the roof (e.g. mounted ladders) shall be provided in sufficient numbers.
Windows:
Window strip on one longitudinal side, sashes opening to the inside.
Doors:
Construction for VSD transformer boxes:

Foundations:
Reinforced concrete slab, oil and watertight.
Below ground: reinforced concrete walls, oil- and watertight.
External walls:
External walls are 120 min fire rated walls made of reinforced concrete with visible
aggregate surface and of aluminium or steel profiles with wire mesh.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Separation walls:
Interior walls are 120 min fire rated walls made of reinforced concrete with visible aggregate
surface.
Floors:
Double floor partly covered by grating or reinforced concrete.
Doors:
The double door and single doors are constructed of aluminium or steel profiles with wire
mesh
10.2.5 Storage Building

Reference Drawing:
QP10-Q-1518 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Storage Building, Floor Plan
QP10-Q-1519 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Section, Elevations
General Description
The storage building is one-storey building and will house a storage room. Depending on
the length of the buildings they will be dived by expansion joints. One part of the building is
equipped with a crane (refer chapter 13.10).
The elevation of the finished ground floor levels is 0.20 m above station level.
Construction
Foundations:
Individual footings for the steel columns, reinforced concrete slab with skirting of reinforced
concrete.
Load bearing Structure:
Columns, trussed girders and longitudinal girders, cantilevering runway girders and
shoulders for crane beam as well as wind bracings made of steel.
External Walls and roofs:
Metal sandwich panels consisting of an external and an internal metal sheet with thermal
insulation core. Insulation core will be of structural grade mineral fibre wool, minimum
thickness of insulation core 100 mm. Panel finish will be pre-applied polyester coating.
Standard colour according manufacturer, colour selected by Engineer. Roof drainage by
means of down pipe reservoirs, and down pipes on one longitudinal side. Access to the roof
(e.g. mounted ladders) has to be provided.
Floors:
composite cement screed with heavy duty top coating.
Windows:
Windows and window strips, sashes opening to the inside. Sunscreen according drawings
and room book.
Doors:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
10.2.6 Car Sheds

Reference Drawing
QP10-Q-1551 Typical Carshed, Floor Plan, Section, Elevations
General Description
The car sheds are standard structures and comprise canopied parking areas. The size of
clear parking spot shall be minimum 2.70 m x 5.50 m (width x length). The number of
parking spots can be depicted in the respective station layout drawings.
Construction
Foundations:
Single reinforced concrete foundations under columns.
Columns of steel profiles with cantilever galvanized steel frames above.
Roofs:
Tensioned membranes (composite material) resistant to degradation from UV rays to
erosion, colour changes, etc.
Floors:
Asphalt laid on subgrade and subbase material.
10.2.7 Emergency Generator and Firefighting Building

Reference Drawing:
QP10-Q-1552 Typical EMG-FF Building, Floor Plan, Section, Elevations
General Description
The building is to house the pumps for firefighting, the pumps for station water supply with
all related piping, valves and subsystems as well as the emergency generator rooms and
the oil storages.
Spaces for lay-down areas are provided in the firefighting pump room. The firefighting
pump room and the emergency generator room are each equipped with an overhead crane.
For crane capacities please refer chapter 13.10.
The elevation of the finished floor levels is 0.20 m above station level.
Construction
Foundations:
Reinforced concrete foundation slab (watertight), individual footings for the pump and motor
units and the supports for pipes and valves.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Load bearing Structures:

Columns, trusses and longitudinal girders, cantilevering runway girders and shoulders for
crane beam as well as wind bracings made of steel
External walls:
Precast concrete sandwich panels with thermal insulation of min. 80 mm in between. Inner
shell of concrete panels is fair faced and outer shell is beige coloured (by adding pigments
in concrete – colour to be approved by Engineer). Interior surface painted with dispersion
paint, colour selected by Engineer, exterior surface sandblasted.
Interior walls:
Reinforced concrete or hollow concrete blockwork plastered and painted, colour selected
by Engineer.
Roofs:
drainage by means of down pipe reservoirs, and down pipes on one longitudinal side.
Access to the roof (e.g. mounted ladders) has to be provided.
Windows:
Window strips on one sides, fixed glassed and sashes opening to the inside. Sunscreen
according drawings and room book.
Doors:
10.2.8 Water Quality Monitoring Buildings

Reference Drawing
QP10-Q-1558 Typical Water Quality Monitoring Building, Floor Plan, Sections,
Elevations
General Description
The buildings are one story structures and house the water quality monitoring.
The elevation of the finished floor level is 0.30 m above station level.
For layout and size reference is made to the above mentioned drawing.
Construction
Foundations:
Reinforced concrete foundation slab with skirting (watertight) and a duct.
Walls:
Precast concrete sandwich panels with thermal insulation of min. 80 mm in between. Inner
shell of concrete panels is fair faced and outer shell is beige coloured (by adding pigments
to concrete, colour to be approved by Engineer). Interior surface painted with dispersion

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
paint, colour selected by Engineer, exterior surface sandblasted.

Roofs:
drainage by a down pipe.
Floors:
Composite cement screed and porcelain tiles, concrete duct covered with chequered steel
plates.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
11 FINISHING WORKS AND BUILDING INSTALLATIONS
11.1 General
The scope and extent of the various requirements pertaining to finishing works and building
installations is described in this chapter as well as in the pertinent specifications. The information
provided therein is intended to supplement each other.
Special attention must be given to ensure that all foundations, concrete floor slabs and the
perimeter walls of all underground structures are watertight. In general, this applies to all
underground concrete works, and is, therefore, not limited to buildings, but is rather equally valid
for retaining walls, equipment shafts, etc. All buried concrete surfaces shall in addition be
protected against any attack of harmful substances through the application of tanking membrane.
All architectural and finishing materials shall be of highest quality specification.
The Contractor shall strictly comply with the as-built situation as far as extension of existing
facilities and station areas are concerned.
11.2 Master Builders Works
11.2.1 Walls
Fire rating of external and internal walls according applicable standards and rules has to be
considered.
Except otherwise stated, external walls shall be made of precast concrete sandwich panels. The
inside concrete panels are fair faced with dispersion painted interior surface (colour selected by
Engineer). The outside concrete panels are beige colored (by adding pigments in concrete –
colour to be approved by Engineer) with sandblasted exterior surface.
The thickness of the sandwich panels shall be minimum 34 cm and is mainly depending on the
panel length and the necessary cover layer on the reinforcement. The external surface finishing of
the precast sandwich elements is subject to approval by the Engineer.
Deviating from the description above, external walls made out of reinforced concrete (thermally
insulated) plastered and painted or of metal sandwich panels.
External walls of HV substation will be of CMU (concrete masonry units) reinforced and fully
grouted. Inside surface of CMU are covered with insulation blankets (thickness approx. 70 mm)
and fire rated gypsum boards (thickness min. 16 mm). Exterior surface and interior surface of
external walls will be painted, colour selected by Engineer. Exterior surface shall be sandblasted.
Internal walls are made of reinforced concrete or hollow block work and plastered and painted.
Colour inside and outside shall be subject of approval by Engineer.
Room high porcelain tiles in wet rooms. Porcelain tiles at areas of sinks. Anti-acid porcelain tiles
up to min. 1.50 m height in battery rooms.
11.2.2 Ceilings
Below ground:
Reinforced concrete fair faced and painted (e.g. cable cellar). Colour shall be subject of approval
by Engineer.
Ground floor:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Reinforced concrete and precast reinforced concrete slab fair faced and painted.
In habitable rooms suspended ceiling with aluminium panels. Colour shall be subject of approval
by Engineer.
11.2.3 Floors (Process Buildings)

Below mentioned floor constructions shall be provided at following buildings:
Pump Houses, Electrical Buildings, VSD Buildings, Water Quality Monitoring Buildings, EMG and
Firefighting Buildings, HV Substations
Below Ground (Cable cellar, Cable ducts):
Cement screed / reinforced concrete as indicated in the drawings.
Ground Floor:
Pump halls, pump rooms, laydown areas, generator rooms, areas for cooling water, oil storages,
HV-rooms:
Cement screed with top coating (heavy duty, oil resistant).
Electrical rooms, SEC metering rooms, record rooms, telecom rooms:

Composite cement screed, synthetic floor covering (antistatic), if no cable cellar installed double
false floor has to be foreseen.
Battery rooms:
Composite cement screed, porcelain tiles, acid resistant, antistatic, dissipative. Skirting and
thresholds are also of porcelain tiles, acid resistant, antistatic, dissipative
Offices, control rooms, corridors, lounges:

Composite cement screed, marble tiles with standard size.
In case of false floor, antistatic synthetic floor covering elements.
Prayer rooms:
Composite cement screed, marble tiles with standard size.
Wet rooms (bathroom, toilet, etc.), HVAC room, clean agent room, store, kitchen, WQM room:
Composite cement screed, porcelain tiles with standard size.
Staircase:
Marble tiles with standard size.
Stairs, ramps external:

Fair faced concrete.
Cable ducts:
Covering with heavy duty precast concrete slabs; manholes with chequered steel plate covers
have to be foreseen.
Pipe chambers and shafts:
Hot-dip galvanized gratings or chequered steel plates.
All screed / concrete surfaces shall receive a durable heavy duty PVC coating, if not protected
otherwise.
For the walkways to all the access doors of the buildings and structures, to the manholes of the
shafts and around the buildings interlock tiles of width as indicated in the drawings but min. width
of 1.50 m and with a thickness of min. 6 cm shall be foreseen. The colour and shape has to be
approved by the Engineer. The walkways shall be surrounded by curb stones (40 x 15 cm, 30 cm

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
height) on both sides.
11.2.4 Windows
All window frames shall be of aluminium, insulated construction.
Upper window strip with insulated glass, partly stationary, partly bottom-hung sashes. All easily
operable by hand, sand and dustproof.
In habitable rooms, sashes partly side- and bottom-hung. All with glass panes and special
dustproof.
Aluminium surfaces shall be anodized, and shall be special sand resistant.
Acoustically insulated windows for rooms with high noise level, according to the requirements of
work safety and local standards, made of acoustic panel system.
11.2.5 Doors
Fire rating of external and internal doors according applicable standards and rules has to be
considered
All exterior doors shall be either sectional doors, double leaf doors or single leaf doors of
aluminium or steel construction, insulated, metal-sheet paneled or with glass panes. Some of the
doors have an upper window strip of unbreakable, insulated glass panes.
Sectional doors:
Electrical driven, aluminium construction with thermally insulated panels and acryl glass panes.
One section with pedestrian door.
Roller-Shutter:
Electrical driven, aluminium construction with thermally insulated slats, mounted internal.
All exterior doors shall be sand- and dustproof.
Interior doors to offices consist of steel frames with wood veneer panels, room high with fan light.
Doors to technical rooms consist of steel frames and steel panels. Doors to corridors consist of
steel frames and steel panels with glass panes. Fire proof steel doors in fire walls.
Aluminium surfaces shall be anodized. Steel surfaces shall be coated.
System cylinder locks are required for all doors.
Acoustically insulated doors for rooms with high noise level, according to the requirements of work
safety and local standards, made of acoustic panel system.
11.2.6 Sun Shades

Sun shades are made of aluminium, either fix or adjustable.
For offices adjustable external sunscreens (e.g. made of aluminium) have to be foreseen.
11.2.7 Miscellaneous
All paints and colours are subject to approval and must be coordinated with SWCC.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Key system shall be implemented for all lockable facilities (gates, doors, shafts etc.) according to
the approved key lock system. Integration into an existing master key system is required.
11.2.8 Insulation
Thermal insulation:
External walls minimum 80 mm insulation with vapour barrier, roof insulation of min. 100 mm
thickness. Minimum thickness of insulation core of metal sandwich panels has to be 180 mm.
Acoustic Insulation:
Rooms with high noise level, according to the requirements of work safety and local standards,
have to be equipped with acoustic insulation.
11.3 Platforms, Ladders and Handrails
Ladders, platforms, gratings, steps and handrails of steel (hot-dip galvanized) profile sections
shall be provided for all pump units, valves and other equipment to which access is required for
operation and maintenance. Handrails have to be removable. Ladder rungs have to be slip
resistant.
11.4 Furniture and Equipment for Technical Buildings
Offices, kitchens, social and sanitary rooms, etc. within technical buildings shall be furnished and
equipped equivalent to non-technical buildings (please refer to chapter 11.5).
For additional information reference is made to the pertinent specification. All furnishing and
equipment is subject to SWCC approval.
11.5 Furniture and Equipment for Non-Technical Buildings
Furnishing and equipment of the highest quality applies for all office furniture, kitchen facilities
(including all utensils), washroom and toilet equipment, etc. to make the buildings ready for use.
For additional information reference is made to the pertinent specification. All furnishing and
equipment is subject to SWCC approval.
11.6 Electrical Installation
The buildings shall be provided with appropriate electrical installation, mainly consisting of:
Lighting system fed from the low voltage switchboards via sub distribution boards
Escape way lighting with built-in batteries
Socket outlets fed from the low voltage switchboards via sub distribution boards
Sub distribution boards, junction boxes, switches, conduits, wires, cables for the above mentioned
equipment and for all other auxiliary equipment like cranes, ventilators, etc.
Conduit system for telephone
Conduit system for office LAN (if applicable)
Conduit system for fire & gas alarm system (if applicable)

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Lightning protection system for all buildings and high structures

Grounding system and connections to the station earthing system belonging to the electrical
installation and as far as not part of the station earthing system covered under chapter 14.11 of
this document.
Shafts inside of stations shall also be equipped with an appropriate electrical installation, mainly
consisting of distribution boards, lighting fixtures, socket outlets, junction boxes, cables and
accessories. The electrical installation of shafts shall be supplied either via common boards for a
group of shafts or via sub distribution boards for other buildings.
11.7 Fire Detection and Alarm System
The fire detection and alarm system for the buildings is described in chapter 15.6 of this
document.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
12 CIVIL WORKS
12.1 Design Sequence for Civil Works
During design phase the Contractor shall submit design documents in the following sequence:
 First Step: Design Criteria

 Second Step: Guide Drawings, General Layouts
 Third Step: Detailed Design Documents (construction drawings, calculations, detailed
drawings, etc.)
The design criteria shall not be limited to a summary of the requirements listed in the relevant
specifications but shall serve as a guideline for the subsequent design steps. These documents
shall include as minimum requirement information on the used materials, applied loads, interfaces
to other structures and disciplines, design codes, design guidelines, standard details, etc.
At least the following design criteria documents shall be prepared and submitted for approval:
 In-situ concrete structures

 Precast concrete structures
 Steel structures
 Road design
 Drainage and storm water system
 Sewage system
The Guide Drawings of buildings shall contain equipment and installations from all disciplines
(HVAC, mechanical, electrical, instrumentation & control, etc.) and shall be based on equipment
vendor data (mechanical, electrical, HVAC, etc.) from approved manufacturers.
12.2 Earth Works
Along with the earthworks soil explorations are to be carried out for all stations. The
reconnaissance works shall be conducted in such a manner that the structure of the subsoil is
known completely. In the area of the tanks, pump houses, electrical and transformer buildings,
surge vessels and other station buildings a sufficient number of boreholes with dynamic subsoil
explorations have to be carried out. After the reconnaissance works the Contractor has to submit
to the Engineer a foundation proposal including the respective calculations for examination and
approval. The earthworks to be performed subsequently are to be carried out in accordance with
the specifications, paying particular attention to sufficient compaction of the subsoil.
The foundation proposal shall include soil improvement works if required. Soil improvement works
shall be designed in order to avoid negative impact on existing facilities.
The Contractor shall consider in his work approach for excavation and backfilling works at the
stations, that especially those next to or close to existing installations shall only be carried out by
hand or by the use of very small machinery. Special care shall be exercised to avoid damages to
existing installations and disruption of operation.
All backfilled or cut slopes at the Pump Station, the Reservoir, Tie-in, Vent and Drain Stations,
access roads or any other project location shall be protected against washouts or erosion by a

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
layer of riprap or reinforced shotcrete with anchoring.

If cuts and fills are required for station platform, the contractor has ensure a proper slope
protection. In some cases slope flattening, erosion, slope collapse and rock fall protection
measures have to be applied. High rock slopes have to be assessed by a geologist and protected
with anchors, shotcrete or intermediate berms. In all cases a proper slope protection including all
necessary surveys and calculations must be provided by the contractor.
The earthworks include all demolishing works of existing facilities and disposal of all objects on
the station areas which are no more used by the Owner. The earthworks further shall also include
all landscaping works and the restoration works required. At administration areas planting of trees
and grass (incl. irrigation system) shall be considered and are subject to approval of the Engineer.
The Contractor is also responsible to provide adequate flood prevention measures in and around
the various stations, at access roads and any other project location. For this purpose Contractor
shall also consider to locate all stations at elevated platforms to avoid flooding in any case.
The preparation of pipe trenches at the stations must take into account the outside coating of the
pipes. Size of trench, bedding, padding and backfilling must ensure that damage of the coating is
avoided. The material surrounding the pipes must consist of sieved excavation material or sand
according the specifications and has to be approved by the Engineer. Minimum distance between
parallel pipes is 1.0 m. Thickness of bedding layer shall be minimum 0.2 m, in rock trenches 0.3
m. Trench width shall be as a minimum the pipe diameter plus 0.5 m, in rock trenches pipe
diameter plus 0.6 m.
Supply of suitable backfill material as well as disposal of all surplus excavated material is within
the responsibility of the Contractor.
12.3 Roads and Traffic Areas
All paved areas including access roads, if any, as well as the internal roads of the stations shall
be constructed according to the approved plot plan, the individual longitudinal road sections, the
typical cross-sections, the pertinent contract specifications and the specifications for road and
bridge construction issued by the Ministry of Transport (MOT).
In addition to the works mentioned above all the existing roads, paved areas and sidewalks which
are damaged during the construction works have to be repaired. At the border line between roads
and station area, curb stones shall be installed and sidewalks shall be envisaged at frequently
used locations. The use and location of temporary access roads for construction have to be
discussed with and approved by SWCC, SAUDI ARAMCO, SEC, MOT operation department and
any other authorities which hold land or ROW ownership.
Rainwater will run off as a result of the longitudinal slope or cross fall of the roads and shall be
drained off via road gullies. In some cases a bituminous rim is to be constructed in order to
prevent the surface runoff from flowing to open areas.
For further details reference is made to the “Specification C04 Roads and Traffic Areas”, Doc.No.
QC10-H-144 and the typical drawings.
At areas around and between buildings inside stations asphalt roads with 6 m width with curb
stones and walkways according to type 1 (QP10-Q-1403). shall be provided. For tank areas or
inner patrol roads design of roads and traffic areas shall be according to type 2 (QP10-Q-1403).
All station access roads of the project shall be constructed with cross section as per the typical
drawing (7 m wide plus 1 m hard shoulder at each side) up to a suitable location of the public road
network approved by the road owner. Suitable location is an asphalt road of same width.
The roads and traffic areas of minor stations shall be asphalted roads according to type 2 (QP10-
Q-1403). No curb stones or road drainage is required. Access roads to such stations and pipeline

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
maintenance roads shall be gravel roads with 3.0 m width and 1 m hard shoulder on both sides.
12.4 Station Areas
The station areas, which are not protected by any other means, shall be covered by a layer of
5 cm of crushed gravel, size 5 - 20 mm.
Prior to the application of the gravel, the station areas should be graded and compacted to ensure
proper run-off of the surface water.
12.5 Equipment Foundations and Shafts
Reinforced concrete foundations for equipment located at the various stations shall be designed
according to the static/dynamic requirements and considering the prevailing soil conditions.
Main and booster pump foundations shall not be placed directly on the subsoil. A pit
(monolithically connected to the pump house base slab) shall be provided for the foundation
block. The pit and the block shall be separated at pit walls and base with a layer of adequate
material (Sylomer or equivalent) to fulfil the vibration requirements. Dynamic calculation to be
provided.
Shafts shall be of reinforced concrete in various thickness (min. 25 cm), watertight, according to
the typical drawings and the pertinent specifications. Shafts are required for valves, metering
equipment etc. at the Pump Station, Tie-in and Reservoir Station, as well as Drain, Vent and
Washout Stations.
The shafts shall be covered with removable concrete slabs (with lifting lugs) and equipped with
watertight access manholes (number depends on the size of the shaft), lockable type, with a
ladder and removable supporting handle. A ventilation system for the shafts (aeration pipes) is to
be foreseen. For easy access of the concrete cover slab a ladder shall be foreseen, if the
difference in elevation exceeds 600 mm.
All pipe penetrations through the shaft walls shall be provided with proper watertight maintenance-
free pipe wall ducts - Link Seal or equivalent.
All shafts located within road areas of stations or within existing or future highways along the
pipeline shall not be higher than the adjacent road area. The shaft cover shall be designed for a
traffic load of SLW 60. Ventilation pipes of shafts located within road areas shall be routed outside
the road area (edge of ROW of the road).
All shafts shall have a pump sump.
12.6 Water Supply System
The purpose of the station water supply system is to distribute drinking and utility water inside the
pump stations and reservoir stations.
For the station water supply system the following main works shall be performed:
 All piping and equipment between the take-off point of the water from the main piping and
the feeding points to the water installations of buildings, such as wash basins, hose
connections for cleaning purposes etc. are to be installed. The water shall be taken from
the product water piping.
 It likewise includes the supply and installation of drinking and utility water piping within the
station area, including all valves within the drinking and utility water network.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Pressure supplying equipment such as pumps, air vessels, compressors, instrumentation

etc. which make automatic operation possible shall be part of the works to be provided.
For the underground water supply system outside the buildings HDPE pipes and for the water
supply (distribution) inside the buildings polypropylene pipes shall be used.
At extension of existing stations the existing system shall be extended. At other stations the
existing facilities shall not be used.
12.7 Sewage System
The purpose of the sewage system for the Stations is the collection, removal and treatment of
sewage and domestic waste water.
The following main work items are listed below; however the works are not given in detail:
 Complete external sewage lines including maintenance shafts; the internal installations
within buildings are part of the buildings.
 If required, at the deepest point of the sewerage system a lift station shall be provided,
equipped with all installations and equipment for automatic operation.
 At new Stations (incl. all minor stations where sanitary installations will be implemented)
Sewage Treatment Facilities shall be provided. Minimum requirement for minor stations is a
septic tank and soak away pit.
 Close to PS-SH a new sewage treatment plant will be erected. PS-SH shall be connected
to the new facilities. Reference drawing (GE-A1-004) is provided in Volume XIII of this
tender.
 At urban areas the sewage system may be connected alternatively to the public network if
available and technically feasible.
 The above work items shall include all mechanical, electrical, instrumentation and control
equipment (pumps, valves, etc.) required for the proper function of the system.
 Particular attention shall be paid to the requirement that no storm water shall enter the
sewage system.
 For the pump houses, the transformer structures, diesel generator rooms and the air
compressor containers a separator for light liquids according the pertinent specification has
to be installed and connected to the sewage system afterwards.
For the sewage system pipe material must be chosen according to the Specification C05 –
Drainage and Sewage Systems.
12.8 Storm Water and Discharge Systems
12.8.1 Storm Water System

At stations a storm water drainage system with channels, buried pipes with control & maintenance
shafts and sludge traps shall be installed. Materials for channels, pipes and shafts shall be
chosen according to the Specification C05 – Drainage and Sewage Systems. The rainwater shall
be led via road gullies and maintenance shafts from the area of the roads and paved areas and
via gutters from the roof into the storm water system (see also standard specification and typical
drawing). Storm water channels shall be implemented at high rock slopes to collect rain water
from adjacent areas.
At minor stations where no storm water piping system is installed, a drainage channel system

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
shall be provided.
At existing stations the storm water drainage system of the new station area shall be connected to
the existing drainage facilities. If required existing capacities shall be extended. In case this is not
feasible, a new system shall be provided.
12.8.2 Tank Overflow Discharge

In addition a system for discharge of tank overflow and drain water shall be installed for all new
tanks. This system can be a channel or separate piping with inlet structure starting at the tank
overflow pipe. Alternatively, the tank overflow pipe can be extended to a location of safe disposal.
12.8.3 Disposal and Special Requirements

The storm water system and the overflow system may be combined (no contemporaneous event
of rain and overflow).
The storm water and overflow system(s) shall be extended outside the station (by channel or
piping) to a location of safe disposal of the water (e.g. discharge into wadi or existing storm water
system with sufficient capacity). At the interface between open channel and piping an adequate
shaft structure with sludge trap shall be provided. Contractor shall coordinate with Municipality or
relevant Authorities and get approval for final location of disposal and all installations outside of
the station area. An outfall or inlet structure at the endpoint of the system shall be included in the
Contract.
Overflow, drainage and stormwater disposal at the pumping station at Shoaiba shall be achieved
by construction of a new disposal pipeline from the pumping station are to the sea shore.
If no other means of discharge are possible an evaporation pond of adequate size with overflow
has to be implemented, subject to approval of the Engineer.
12.9 Fences and Gates
All stations shall be surrounded by a security fence and gates as per HCIS Security Directive
SEC-02. The gates shall meet the requirements of Security Directive SEC-03. In addition a
property fence shall be provided around complete area available to the Owner.
For construction works which will take place within existing stations, damages on the existing
fencing or boundary walls and fence lighting etc. have to be repaired by the Contractor after
completion of the installation works.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
13 MECHANICAL WORKS
13.1 General Design Criteria for Mechanical Works
This chapter describes the main construction requirements for mechanical works at all stations of
the System.
As a general rule the design of the mechanical components, mechanical systems and materials
shall be identical for all Stations, if not specified otherwise.
At least the following design criteria documents for mechanical works shall be prepared and
submitted for approval:
Pressure Design of Piping and Equipment
This document shall summarize the design criteria regarding the determination of internal
design pressures of all pressure containments such as piping, fittings and equipment
including the determination of hydrostatic test pressures.
Piping and Arrangement Design
This document shall summarize the principles to be considered for the design of the piping
and the arrangement of equipment. It shall address topics like safety distances,
accessibility, required distances between installations in piping (e.g. free lengths after
control valves, straight lengths on both sides of flow meters, etc.), support requirements,
design criteria for provision of dismantling joints, expansion joints, drains, vents, safety
valves, etc.
Corrosion Prevention
This shall include a Contractor’s detailed strategy for the prevention of all kinds of corrosion
and shall cover all piping and equipment installed into and onto the product water system. It
shall address the principles of material selection and the corrosion control measures to be
taken by the equipment vendors including all internal parts coming in contact with the
conveyed water.
The strategy shall also include in detail the philosophy of the materials and execution of
flange connections. Considering that part of the flanges can come in contact with the water,
internal lining of piping and equipment shall be at least extended over raised face of the
flanges and pulled underneath of the gasket soft portion. Fillets and radii of flange edges
shall be large enough to ensure adhesion of the coating.
The document shall be prepared or at least endorsed by a corrosion expert or expert
organization which shall be subject to approval by the Employer/Engineer.
13.2 Station Piping
13.2.1 Sizing of Station Piping System

The pipe sizes to be used are indicated in the P&ID’s of the transmission system and shall be
considered as minimum requirements. In general the flow velocities shall not exceed:
1.5 m/s for steel tank top inlet riser piping and downpipe, overflow downpipe and bottom outlet
piping located downstream the inlet valve respectively upstream the outlet valve.
2.0 m/s from tank outlet valve up to the pumps
3.5 m/s for all other station piping.
4.5 m/s for filling by-pass lines

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
For longer suction piping to the pumps with direct impact on pump head, lower maximum
allowable flow velocities may apply. For tanks located on elevated position to the pumps,
providing sufficient NPSH, or direct connection to water networks, higher velocities up to 3.5 m/s
may be acceptable.
Higher velocities than listed above are acceptable at special piping sections only, such as control
valves, flow meters, relief valves, drain lines, surge vessel lines, etc. but shall not exceed 6 m/s.
The Contractor shall carefully check the suction requirements of the pumps with respect to NPSH
(Net Positive Suction Head) and flow pattern and if necessary lower velocities shall be selected.
For the pressure design of the piping system Contractor shall calculate the highest possible
pressures occurring in the individual piping sections, taking into account all steady and unsteady
state conditions.
The required minimum wall thickness for the station piping shall be calculated using the equation
stated in the design code ASME B 31.4. Because the station piping is internally protected by
lining, no corrosion allowance is required.
After the minimum wall thickness has been determined, the appropriate nominal wall thickness
from standard ASME B 36.10 M shall be selected. The standard manufacturing tolerances shall
be checked to confirm that the tolerance will not reduce the nominal wall thickness below the
minimum required as calculated.
In addition, the following criteria shall also be considered for selection of minimum wall thickness
of the piping:
 ratio of outer diameter to wall thickness shall not exceed 130.

 the minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 4.5 mm in order to allow standard
welding processes.
The internal design pressure of equipment as well as for flanges shall be selected in accordance
with the next higher rating in accordance with ASME B 16.5.
Based on the design temperature of 45 °C of water and the table of pressure-temperature ratings
given in the standard ASME B16.5 for material group 1.1 the following pressures have been
calculated by doing a linear interpolation of ratings:
a) Table 13-1 Design Pressures
Piping Pressure Class

Service Design Pressure [barg]
[ASME B16.5]
Water 19.4 Class 150
For materials of a group different than 1.1 (e.g. compressed air system, instrument flanges, etc.),
Contractor shall calculate the pressure-temperature ratings as mentioned above.
13.2.2 Materials for Station Piping

The design code ASME B 31.4 shows a table for recommended materials used for liquid
transportation systems. The detailed specification of materials used in station piping is given in
the specification M08 “Piping Material for Stations”, Doc. No. QC10-H-048.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
13.2.3 Internal Lining of Station Piping

To avoid internal and external corrosion, the piping and piping components shall be protected.
The internal lining of station piping (for straight pipes up to and including 80”, for fittings, spools
and field joints up to and including 72”) shall be done with fusion bonded epoxy (FBE) according
to specification M20 “Fusion Bonded Epoxy Lining”, Doc. No. QC10-H-060.
For station piping (including pipes, fittings, spool pieces and field joints) with larger diameters than
the size limitation given above, where FBE application might not be possible anymore, hot applied
liquid epoxy can be used as alternative internal lining material according to M24 “Liquid-Epoxy
Lining” Doc. No. QC10-H-064.
Lining of equipment such as valves, insulating joints etc. shall comply with relevant standard
specifications included in Volume VI.
All lining material must be approved and must be certified for the use in drinking water application
up to 45 °C.
Contractor has to carefully select the lining material and sub-contractor for lining application.
Specifications M20 and M24 as mentioned above and relevant standards have to be strictly
followed.
13.2.4 External Coating of Station Piping

Above ground laid station piping shall be coated according to specification M21 “Painting of
Piping, Equipment and Structural Steelwork”, Doc. No. QC10-H-061.
Buried station piping shall be coated with 3 layer HDPE according to specification M02
“Polyethylene Coating”, Doc. No. QC10-H-042. Buried field joints shall be protected by heat shrink
sleeve.
For buried fittings, in addition to the coating system applied under factory condition (refer to
specification M08 “Piping Material for Stations”, Doc. No. QC10-H-048), suitable cold tape
wrapping materials shall be used to avoid mechanical damages.
Coating of equipment such as valves, insulating joints etc. shall comply with relevant standard
specifications included in Volume VI.
All adjacent structures shall be painted according to specification M21 “Painting of Piping,
Equipment and Structural Steelwork”, Doc. No. QC10-H-061.
For the additional active corrosion protection of buried steel station piping, reference is made to
chapter 17.
13.2.5 Piping Layout

The piping layout in stations with existing equipment and piping shall be done in such a way as to
avoid interference with the existing piping systems, structural steel and concrete, electrical cable
trenches, conduits etc. Interconnections with existing piping or equipment must be defined in
separate interface reports, which are part of the final design.
13.2.6 Piping Flexibility

The piping shall be designed to have sufficient flexibility to prevent expansion or contraction from

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
causing excessive stresses in the piping material, excessive bending moments at joints, or
excessive forces or moments at points of connection to equipment or at anchorage or guide
points.
This shall be achieved by using piping arrangement such as L-shaped, U-shaped or Z-Shaped
configurations in the normal routing of any piping system.
The above ground piping shall be laid on pipe supports. Supports shall be designed to support the
pipe without causing excessive local stress in the pipe and keep the desired freedom of
movement.
Contractor shall carry out a pipe stress analysis as part of the final design proving that stresses
for piping and equipment, including tanks, are kept within the allowable limits.
13.2.7 Dismantling Pieces and Flange Adaptors

These components, which are not depicted in the P&IDs and other drawings, shall be used in the
piping to facilitate assembly and disassembly of equipment and valves for maintenance and
repair. Dismantling pieces or flange adaptors shall generally be used at valves, flow meters and
other equipment installed in straight pipe runs equal or larger than 24” (DN 600) in size. For
smaller sizes it shall be decided during final design and depending on the piping configuration
where dismantling pieces/flange adaptors shall be installed.
Flange adaptors shall only be used where no axial forces have to be transmitted.
Dismantling pieces and flange adaptors shall comply with specification M11 “Special Fittings”,
document number QC10-H-051.
13.2.8 Pump Suction Piping

For the pump suction piping in addition to the stress calculation, the Contractor, in close co-
operation with the pump manufacturer, shall carefully check the piping arrangement and the
suction pipe lengths with respect to velocity distribution at the pump inlet which shall meet the
requirements of the pumps for proper operation. The design shown in the drawings is deemed to
satisfy these requirements for the pump types under consideration. However, all the necessary
measures for straightening the flow (e.g. elbows with straightening vanes, flow straighteners in
straight pipes, special fittings) shall be foreseen.
13.2.9 Strainers
Temporary strainers shall be installed upstream of each booster pump unit for SQWTS-B pump
group located at PS-SH and upstream the control valve of the booster pumps recirculation line
according to relevant P&ID.
The strainers shall be used for start-up of piping system only and shall be removed afterwards.
The strainers shall be of conical type with mesh size of approx. 5 mm and wire diameter of
minimum 1.6 mm. The mesh material shall be stainless steel in 316L grade.
The strainers shall be designed with sufficient safety against deformation taking into account the
flow velocity with foreign matters in the water. Pressure rating of the strainers shall be according
to the pressure rating indicated on the P&IDs

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
13.2.10 Filling and Drainage

For filling and drainage of station piping it is necessary to provide suitable filling bypass valves,
drain valves and vent valves. The required filling by-passes are shown on P&IDs.
For piping section which can be isolated, vent and drain shall be provided.
The drain valves shall be at low points and the vent valves at highpoints.
Filling bypass valves shall be designed to handle the possible differential pressure, if necessary
pressure throttling devices (pressure reducing valves, orifice, cages, etc.) shall be foreseen.
13.2.11 Installation of Station Piping

For fabrication and installation of station piping the specification M19: “Fabrication and Installation
of Station Piping”, Doc. No. QC10-H-059 shall be followed.
13.3 Station Valves
13.3.1 General Design Requirements

This subchapter refers to the different valve types to be installed in the station piping, such as
isolation valves, check valves, control valves, pressure relief valves, pressure safety valves, etc.
Valves shall comply with the specification M06 “Valves for Water Projects”, Doc. No.
QC10-H-046.
The design pressure of the station valves shall correspond to the next higher ASME rating above
the maximum pressure occurring in the relevant piping section, where a valve will be installed.
Where a change of the pressure class coincides with the location of a valve, this valve shall
belong to the higher pressure class. Valve design shall also take the hydrostatic test pressure into
account.
The valve materials shall be carefully selected with respect to suitability and corrosion resistance
for the use under the specific operating conditions, especially with respect to the water quality.
Heavy valves shall be adequately supported independently of the pipes to which they are
connected in order to prevent the pipe having to bear the weight (subject to stress analysis).
All process related valves shall have electrical motor actuators, if not specified otherwise. In
general all valves equal and above 24” (DN 600) shall have electrical motor actuators.
All valves within the system shall be tested (close/open) at least one time during commissioning
and one time at end of the warranty year to ensure smooth operation.
13.3.2 Isolation Valves

Isolation valves shall be used to shut off sections of the station piping from each other for
switching operations during normal operation, but also for maintenance and repair purposes.
Generally the isolation valves in the station piping system shall be flanged butterfly valves or ball
valves.
Butterfly Valves up to and including ASME pressure class #150 shall be of the double eccentric
type and butterfly valves for higher pressure classes of the triple eccentric type.
Ball valves shall be used for all pump discharge valves, all surge vessel connection lines, all
instrumentation connections and drains.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Pump discharge ball valve with a size of 24” and above shall be top entry type.
No gate valves shall be used in the project (except for the valves used for fire water system, for
which relevant NFPA codes shall be considered).
13.3.3 Check Valves

Check valves shall be provided where reverse flow is to be prevented and shall be of axial flow
non-slam type.

Depending on the individual design of the different stations, control valves are required at the
following locations (reference is made to the relevant P&I Diagrams):
 Shoaiba Phase 4 Tanks tank farm inlet CV
 PS-SH tank farm inlet CV
 PS-SH Booster Pump recirculation bypass CV
 PS-SH Main Pump recirculation bypass CV
 Quaiza Tie-in CV
Special attention shall be paid to the fact that each control valve will meet its specific performance
requirements and will be suitable for continuous operation without cavitation damage. This
includes the operation between the defined control conditions.
Generally, axial flow piston type control valves with suitably designed throttling elements shall be
used. All control valves shall be equipped with an electric actuator.
In order to minimize energy losses the control valves to be installed into the main stream and
therefore permanently flown through shall be designed for minimum losses in open position which
shall not be more than 3 m at maximum design flow rate except where otherwise specified.
The number of the control valves depicted in the P&IDs represents a preliminary layout. The
performance requirements of the control valve based on preliminary hydraulic study are
summarized in the tables below. The sizes, types and performance data shall be subject to final
design based on hydraulic calculations.
In the control valves specifications below, the following abbreviations are used:
Hu Travel of trim, %
Hudesired Travel of trim for design case, %
Hvmax Maximum losses in open position, m
Kv Valve capacity coefficient, m³/h
Kv100 Valve capacity coefficient of fully opened valve (Hu=100%), m³/h
Kvmin Minimum valve capacity coefficient for possible operating condition, m³/h
Kv - Hvmax Valve coefficient for maximum losses in open position, m³/h
Kv-ΔPmin Valve coefficient for minimum pressure differential between inlet and outlet
side, m³/h

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Kvrelevant Larger value of Kv - Hvmax and Kv-ΔPmin, m³/h

Kvminfactor Rangeability
Pup Inlet pressure, on upstream side of control valve, barg
Pdo Outlet pressure, on downstream side of control valve, barg
Qmdf Total flow rate of control valve group, m³/h
Qvalve Flow rate for one (1) control valve, m³/h
Qmin,valve Minimum flow rate for one (1) control valve, m³/h
Qmin,%,valve Relative minimum flow rate for one (1) control valve, %

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Table 13-2 Shoaiba Phase 4 tanks tank farm inlet CV
Kv_100 Kv_min
Vapor Maximum
Hu Kv_min
No Q_mdf Density Pressure CV's Hv_max P_up P_do P_up P_do
desired factor
(P_va) on duty
[-] [m³/h] [kg/m³] [bara] [-] [m] [barg] [barg] [%] [- ] [barg] [barg]
DC 16,666.7 995.7 0.042 1 2.4 2.1 90.0 50.0 4.0 1.9
Q Kv Kv Kv Kv_100 Q_min Q_min %

No Kv_100 Kv_min
valve Hv_max ∆P_min relevant vendor valve valve
[-] [m³/h] [m³/h] [m³/h] [m³/h] [m³/h] [m³/h ] [m³/h] [m³/h] [%]
DC 16,666.7 30,747.4 30,747.4 34,163.8 683.3 984.6 5.9
GENERAL INFORMATION
Location: SHOAIBA PHASE 4 TANKS Control Valve (at tank farm inlet)
Purpose: Flow Control FC with LCH override
Number of valves: 1
Total closing time Tc: approx. 360 s (to be defined during final design)
Total opening time To: approx. 360 s (to be defined during final design)
Pressure class ASME #150
Valve diameter Subject to Vendor
ASSUMED CONTROL VALVE CHARACTERISTIC

Hu [%] 0.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
Kv [%] 0.0 2.5 10.0 27.9 40.0 55.0 72.9 90.0 100.0
Kv [m³/h] 0.0 854.1 3,416.4 9,517.1 13,665.5 18,790.1 24,890.8 30,747.4 34,163.8
OPERATING CONDITIONS Calculation of Cavitation Index Sigma: Sigma= (P_do - P_va) / (P_up - P_do) [-]
No. of Caclulated
Kv % of
No Description Valve in Q Q_valve P_up P_do Kv Hu Cavitation
Kv_100
Operation Index
[-] [-] [-] [m³/h] [m³/h] [barg] [barg] [m³/h] [%] [%] -
MAX FLOW, MIN DELTA
1 1 16,666.7 16,666.7 2.4 2.1 30,747.4 90.0 90 11.54
P
MIN FLOW, MAX DELTA
2 1 1,666.7 1,666.7 4.0 1.9 1,156.6 3.4 12 2.40
P
MAX FLOW - MDF = 400,000 m³/d

MIN FLOW - 10 % of MDF
MIN DELTA P - minimum differential pressure at valve

MAX DELTA P - maximum differential pressure at valve
Note: Also intermediate flow and pressure conditions, which are not explicitly documented, might be operated.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Table 13-3 PS-SH tank farm inlet CV

Kv_100 Kv_min
Vapor Maximum
Hu Kv_min
desired factor
(P_va) on duty
DC 16,666.7 995.7 0.042 1 2.4 2.1 90.0 50.0 4.0 1.9

No Kv_100 Kv_min
DC 16,666.7 30,747.4 30,747.4 34,163.8 683.3 984.6 5.9
GENERAL INFORMATION
Location: PS_SH Control Valve (at tank farm inlet)
Purpose: Flow Control FC with LCH override
Number of valves: 1

Hu [%] 0.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
Kv [%] 0.0 2.5 10.0 27.9 40.0 55.0 72.9 90.0 100.0
Kv [m³/h] 0.0 854.1 3,416.4 9,517.1 13,665.5 18,790.1 24,890.8 30,747.4 34,163.8
No. of Caclulated
Kv % of
Kv_100
Operation Index
[-] [-] [-] [m³/h] [m³/h] [barg] [barg] [m³/h] [%] [%] -
MAX FLOW, MIN DELTA
1 1 16,666.7 16,666.7 2.4 2.1 30,747.4 90.0 90 11.50
P
MIN FLOW, MAX DELTA
2 1 1,666.7 1,666.7 4.0 1.9 1,156.6 3.4 12 2.39
P
MAX FLOW - MDF = 400,000 m³/d

MIN FLOW - 10 % of MDF


Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Table 13-4 PS-SH Booster Pump recirculation bypass CV
Kv_100 Kv_min
Vapor Maximum
Hu Kv_min
desired factor
(P_va) on duty
DC 7,894.8 995.7 0.042 1 5.9 0.7 90.0 50.0 9.2 2.5

No Kv_100 Kv_min
DC 7,894.8 3,452.2 3,452.2 3,835.7 76.7 198.6 2.5
GENERAL INFORMATION
Location: PS_SH Recirculation Valve, Booster Pumps
Purpose: Flow Control FC
Number of valves: 1
Fail safe position: closed

Hu [%] 0.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
Kv [%] 0.0 2.5 10.0 27.9 40.0 55.0 72.9 90.0 100.0
Kv [m³/h] 0.0 95.9 383.6 1,068.5 1,534.3 2,109.7 2,794.6 3,452.2 3,835.7
No. of Caclulated
Kv % of
Kv_100
Operation Index
[-] [-] [-] [m³/h] [m³/h] [barg] [barg] [m³/h] [%] [%] -
1 Wlmin, Q 120 % 1 7,894.8 7,894.8 5.9 0.7 3,452.2 90.0 90 1.31
2 Wlmax, Q 70 % 1 4,605.3 4,605.3 9.2 2.5 1,779.3 46.4 64 1.52
3 Wlmin, Q min (Q 5 %) 1 394.7 394.7 7.4 0.7 152.5 4.0 14 1.25
Wlmin - minimum water level at PS-SH tank farm: 9.2 masl

Wlmax - maximum water level at PS-SH tank farm: 27.8 masl
Q 120 % - 120 % of rated Q of 1 pump (Q_mdf)

Q 70 % - 70 % of rated Q of 1 pump
Q min - 5 % of Q_mdf

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Table 13-5 PS-SH main pump recirculation bypass CV
Kv_100 Kv_min
Vapor Maximum
Hu Kv_min
desired factor
(P_va) on duty
DC 8,424.0 995.7 0.042 1 24.6 5.7 90.0 50.0 32.0 9.0

No Kv_100 Kv_min
DC 8,424.0 1,933.6 1,933.6 2,148.4 43.0 206.1 2.4
GENERAL INFORMATION
Location: PS_SH Recirculation Valve, Main Pumps
Purpose: Flow Control FC
Number of valves: 1
Fail safe position: open

Hu [%] 0.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
Kv [%] 0.0 2.5 10.0 27.9 40.0 55.0 72.9 90.0 100.0
Kv [m³/h] 0.0 53.7 214.8 598.5 859.4 1,181.6 1,565.3 1,933.6 2,148.4
No. of Caclulated
Kv % of
Kv_100
Operation Index
[-] [-] [-] [m³/h] [m³/h] [barg] [barg] [m³/h] [%] [%] -
1 Wlmin, Q120 %, max n 1 8,424.0 8,424.0 24.6 5.7 1,933.6 90.0 90 1.35
2 Wlmax, Q 70 %, max n 1 4,914.0 4,914.0 32.0 9.0 1,024.3 47.7 65 1.44

Wlmin, Q min (Q 5 %),
3 1 421.2 421.2 30.2 7.2 87.8 4.1 14 1.36
max n
4 Wlmin, Q 120 %, min n 1 4,212.0 4,212.0 12.2 7.5 1,934.6 90.0 90 2.79
5 Wlmax, Q 70 %, min n 1 2,457.0 2,457.0 13.7 7.9 1,021.2 47.5 65 2.54
Wlmin - minimum water level at PS-SH tank farm: 9.2 masl

Wlmax - maximum water level at PS-SH tank farm: 27.8 masl
max n - maximum rotational speed

min n - minumum rotational speed
Q 120 % - 120 % of rated Q of 1 pump (Q_mdf)

Q 70 % - 70 % of rated Q of 1 pump
Q min - 5 % of Q_mdf

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Table 13-6 TI-QA Station Inlet CV
Kv_100 Kv_min
Vapor Maximum
Hu Kv_min
desired factor
(P_va) on duty
DC 13,157.9 995.7 0.042 1 3.1 1.2 90.0 50.0 5.0 1.2

No Kv_100 Kv_min
DC 13,157.9 9,378.0 9,378.0 10,420.0 208.4 409.4 3.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Location: TI_QA Control Valve
Purpose: Flow Control FC with PCL, LCH and LCL overrides
Number of valves: 1+1


Hu [%] 0.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
Kv [%] 0.0 2.5 10.0 27.9 40.0 55.0 72.9 90.0 100.0
Kv [m³/h] 0.0 260.5 1,042.0 2,902.7 4,168.0 5,731.0 7,591.7 9,378.0 10,420.0
No. of Caclulated
Kv % of
Kv_100
Operation Index
[-] [-] [-] [m³/h] [m³/h] [barg] [barg] [m³/h] [%] [%] -
MAX FLOW, MIN DELTA
1 1 13,157.9 13,157.9 3.1 1.2 9,378.0 90.0 90 2.09
P
MAX FLOW, MAX DELTA
2 1 13,157.9 13,157.9 5.0 1.2 6,698.2 64.3 75 1.55
P
MIN FLOW, MAX DELTA
3 1 1,315.8 1,315.8 6.4 1.0 566.3 5.4 18 1.36
P
MAX FLOW - system MDF = 600,000 m³/d / 0.95

MIN FLOW - 10 % of system MDF


Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
13.3.5 Automatic Air Vent Valve

As stated in chapter 8.5 automatic air vent valves shall be provided. The valves shall be of non-
slam type. Detailed design requirements are given in the specification M06 “Valves for Water
Projects”, Doc. No. QC10-H-046.
In addition, automatic air vents (non-slam type) shall be provided for surge protection with the
following performance requirements as per the tables below. Approx. locations of vents are
indicated in the table below and on the System Flow Diagrams and Hydraulic Profiles:
b) Table 13-12 Automatic Air Vents
Location
Number of Max. Air Intake during Max. Air
(Chainage as per ASME Class
Valves Transients Release *)
Hydraulic Profile)
[km] [-] [m³/s] [m³/s] [-]
AV-01 (approx. km 0.050 (subject to

1+1 subject to final design #300
98.4) final design)
*) To avoid pressure surges, the defined maximum release rate shall be limited by using orifices.
To ensure safe and reliable surge protection, these valves shall be installed with a configuration
1 duty + 1 stand-by and both valves shall be connected with the pipeline.
The above number of vents and location are tentative only since they are based on tender route.
The final location and number of the air vents is depending on the final pipeline profile and shall
be defined based on the Contractor’s hydraulic investigations.
13.3.6 Other Valves

In order to avoid unallowable pressures due to temperature rise in sections of the station piping
which shall remain isolated shall be equipped with spring type pressure safety valves. Set
pressure shall be selected in such a way that at design relief capacity the pressure corresponding
to the pressure class of the pipe in which they are installed will not be exceeded.
Valves to be installed in the filling bypass around mainline valves and valves to be used as drain
valves shall require special designs to avoid cavitation damage and / or vibrations when in
operation. Selection of suitable valve types and characteristics shall be subject to final design.
Flap valves shall be installed at the end of tank overflow lines for the purpose of closing the line
and avoid ingress of sand and animals entering the pipe. Due to the fact that the valves are
exposed to the atmospheric pressure, the general requirements for valve testing included in the
specification M06 are not applicable. Contractor shall provide detailed design documents
including inspection and test plan based on manufacturer’s standard for approval.
13.4 Pumps
13.4.1 General
This subchapter refers to the pumps for the pump group to be installed at the Shoaiba-Quaiza
Pumping Station.
All pumps shall be of the horizontal centrifugal type with axially split casing to allow for dismantling
of the rotating equipment without disconnecting the piping or removing the pump driver. All pumps
shall comply with specification M05 “Main and Booster Pumps”, Doc. No. QC10-H-045.
The performance data listed below are based on preliminary hydraulic calculations carried out

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
during preparation of the tender document. During Detail Design Contractor shall carry out his
own calculations.
Pumps with best available efficiency shall be selected, however without violating their
performance and lifetime requirements. The efficiency for booster pumps and main pumps shall
be not less than 86% at Best Efficiency Point (BEP). They shall preferably be selected out of the
manufacturers standard production range.
Special attention shall be paid to the material selection for all wetted parts regarding their
suitability for the quality of the pumped water.
The seal flush piping and vent piping shall be manufactured of corrosion resistant stainless steel.
The coupling hubs on the shafts shall be designed for easy maintenance. A coupling design with
high pressure removal and shrink fit hubs is not permitted.
The lube oil drainage piping shall be constructed with suitable facilities to dispose the lube oil.
An automatic air vent shall be provided on the top of the casing of each pump unit.
The pumps will be directly driven by electric motors. Pumps and electric motors shall preferably
be mounted on a common base plate.
Replacement of mechanical seals on driven and on non-driven end shall be possible without
removal of the upper part of the pump casing.
The main pumps in the pump stations shall be driven by variable speed drives. The booster
pumps have to be equipped with fixed speed drives. The electric motors are described in section
14 “Power Supply and Electrical Works” hereinafter.
13.4.2 Design and Performance Requirements

The suction conditions for all pumps shall be carefully determined for the rated conditions as well
as for any other operational cases the pumps will ever be subjected to according to the operating
philosophy.
The NPSH is the total absolute suction head in meters of liquid at the pump centerline or the
impeller eye less the absolute vapor pressure (also in meters) of the pumped liquid.
Two values of NPSH must be considered, the NPSHR (R = required by the pump) and the
NPSHA (A = available to the pump).
The NPSHR is determined by the pump design and depends on many factors like flow rate,
nature of liquid, impeller design, rotational speed, impeller material, etc. Exact NPSHR value will
be defined by selected pump manufacturer.
The NPSHA is determined by the plant design using the following equation:
(𝑝𝑒 + 𝑝𝑏 − 𝑝𝐷 ) ∙ 100,000 𝑣𝑒 2
𝑁𝑃𝑆𝐻𝐴 = + − 𝐻𝑣,𝑠 + 𝐻𝐺𝑒𝑜
𝜌∙𝑔 2𝑔
With
pe: overpressure inside the tank [bar]
pb: Barometric (atmospheric) pressure [bar]
pd: Vapour pressure of liquid at its design temperature [bar]
ρ: Density of liquid at its design temperature [kg/m3]

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
g: Acceleration due to gravity (9.81 m/s²) [m/s2]

ve: Velocity of liquid [m/s]
Hv,s: Friction losses of the suction piping [m]
HGeo: Static Head (Suction height) [m]
NPSH Available shall be provided with sufficient safety margin over NPSH Required taking into
account the properties of the pumped water and the selected pump type as well. Pump
manufacturers’ requirements in this respect shall be fully observed.
Booster pumps are specified to generate the necessary suction pressure to satisfy the NPSH
requirements of the downstream main pumps the differential heads of booster and main pumps as
given below are not mandatory. The optimum head distribution between booster and main pumps
adding up to the total station differential head shall be selected during final design considering the
NPSH requirements, overall efficiency and operation.
For the selection of the booster pumps, Contractor shall take all required measures to allow
operation with minimum water level in the tank farm. A minimum water level in the tanks of 0.6 m
from the ground level is foreseen in this Project. Special care shall be taken in NPSH calculation
and configuration of the suction piping in order to avoid any disturbance (e.g. vibration, cavitation)
during operation with the minimum water level in the tanks.
Not mandatory are also the number of stages, the impeller arrangement, the pump speed or
whether a single or double suction design will be used.
The pump station shall be equipped with all means required to ensure that the pumps are only
operating between their minimum and maximum allowable continuous operating capacity.
Design of the adjacent pipe work and of the pumps shall be such that the allowable forces and
moments on the pump nozzles are not exceeded under any circumstances. It may be required
that the loads will be higher than given in or extrapolated from pump standards and therefore the
loads shall be coordinated with/confirmed by the pump manufacturer.
Pump casing internal design pressure shall be 10 % higher than the maximum pressure occurring
during operation, which is the maximum suction pressure plus the shut off head of the pump, or
the maximum pressure during surges and other transient conditions, whatever is higher.
Maximum tank levels and shut off heads of pumps arranged in series (including the ones of
booster pumps) shall be considered when determining the maximum pressure. The hydrostatic
test pressure shall be 150 % of the above defined internal design pressure.
The pump flange rating shall be according with the next higher ASME rating.
In the following subchapters the proposed pump configurations and pump types are listed which
have been selected taking into consideration pump characteristic data, such as pump specific
speed and estimated suction specific speeds and efficiencies.
Since for many characteristic figures assumptions have been made in the present phase, the
results have to be taken as preliminary.
13.4.3 Shoaiba to Quaiza Pump Station PS-SH Pump Selection

For the SQWTS-B transport pumps shall be installed in the pump station PS-SH.
All main pumps shall be installed in parallel arrangement in n+1 configuration, which means with
one stand-by unit. Same is valid for the booster pumps which are required in order to provide
sufficient suction pressure for the main pumps.
Considering the hydraulic conditions 4+1 main pump units and 4+1 booster pump units shall be

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
installed. This selection covers the operating cases as shown below by using variable speed
drives (VSD) for the main pump units. Booster pumps will be operated in fixed speed.
The pumping equipment to be installed shall meet the following station performance
requirements:
Maximum design flow MDF:
 Flowrate 631,579 m³/d
 Differential Head 220 m – 278 m *

Minimum Flow **:
 Flowrate 110,000 m³/d **
 Differential Head 127 m – 164 m *
* The differential head results from consideration of the maximum and minimum tank level and the
maximum and minimum possible pipe roughness. The differential head includes geodetic head of
122.8 m till 160.7 m, depending on tank water level.
** Selected pump manufacturer shall define the minimum possible flow within the preferred
operating region of the selected pumps. The MDF shall be considered for Optimization and
selection of the pumps. Minimum flow will be depending on the pump characteristic.
Based on the hydraulic performance requirements above the following equipment has been
selected to be installed in PS-SH:
 PS-SH Booster Pumps:

Configuration: 4 duty + 1 stand-by
Arrangement: parallel
Design Flow (BEP): 1.83 m³/s / 6,579 m³/h
Design Head (BEP): 60 m
Efficiency: approx. 86%
NPSHA: approx. 8.5 m
Drives: fixed speed electric motor
 PS-SH Main Pumps:

Configuration: 4 duty + 1 stand-by
Arrangement: parallel
Design Flow (BEP): 1.95 m³/s / 7,020 m³/h
Design Head (BEP): 213 m
Efficiency: approx. 86%
NPSHA: ample
Drives: variable speed electric motor

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The Design Point (BEP) of the main pumps has been selected in order to operate all possible
operating points with the different heads as shown above as close as possible to the best
efficiency line.
The NPSHA value for the booster pumps as shown above is a preliminary value considering the
minimum tank level and estimated friction losses with full flow of the pump. The exact NPSHA
needs to be verified by the Contractor during detail design stage considering final elevations and
maximum friction losses on suction side.
13.5 Cooling Water Systems
With reference to the respective P&I Diagram QP20-D-1262 and QP20-D-1263, a cooling water
system shall be provided for the following consumers in Shoaiba-Quaiza Pump Station PS-SH:
booster pump/motor units
main pump/motor units
lube oil system for main pump units
fan filter units for the pump houses
water-cooled chillers for the VSDs
13.5.1 General Description

The cooling water system shall be installed at the provided area inside the Booster Pump House
PS-SH as shown on the relevant building drawing.
The product water shall be used as prime cooling medium. It will be taken from the main product
water line as shown on the pump station P&I Diagram. It will be pumped through the primary
circuit (1+1 circulation pumps) to a double plate heat exchanger which will cool down the water of
the secondary circuit. All equipment of the primary circuit including pumps and piping and also the
heat exchanger are provided for with 100% stand-by capacity.
The heated water of the primary circuit will be returned into the same line from where it was taken
at a location downstream of the take-off point. So the primary circuit is an open circuit.
The secondary circuit by means of 1+1 circulation pumps is feeding the consumers. The
secondary circuit is a closed circuit.
Regarding the water-cooled chiller units and the cooling circuits to VSDs, reference is made to the
chapter 13.9.6 VSD Buildings below and the respective flow diagram.
13.5.2 Design Requirements

The cooling water system capacity shall be designed in such a way that under the worst
conditions 110% of the heat load produced by the consumers (booster/main pump units, fan filter
units, water-cooled chillers) can be dissipated.
For booster/main pump units, the heat load shall be determined on basis of all duty pump units,
plus one stand-by unit. During pump change over it is possible that all duty pumps and one stand-
by pump are running for a short while and after stop of the stand-by pump the post cooling will be
required for a defined time.
For the pressure design of piping and components for primary circuit of cooling water system

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Contractor shall carefully calculate the highest possible pressures occurring in the individual
piping sections, taking into account all steady and unsteady state conditions, to define the
pressure rating of the cooling system accordingly.
For fan filter units and water-cooled VSD chillers, the heat load shall be determined on basis of all
duty units.
The temperature difference between the heat exchanger entering and the heat exchanger leaving
water temperature shall be approximately 5 Kelvin.
For more detailed description see “Particular Requirements” in this chapter.
13.5.3 Cooling Water Quality

The water used for the primary circuit is the pumped product water.
The water quality requirements for the secondary circuit shall be carefully determined taking into
consideration the quality of the untreated water available, the materials of the installed and the
connected equipment and the fact that it is a closed circuit. Adequate stationary treatment is to be
provided including appropriate agents against fouling, scale, algae and corrosion which allows for
continuous dosing into the make-up water flow.
13.5.4 Description of the Cooling Equipment

Plate Heat Exchanger Water/Water
Due to the high requirements on the quality of potable water feeding the primary circuit, in
any heat exchanger the occurrence of water contamination needs to be avoided. This shall
be accomplished by the use of stainless steel, double-wall plate heat exchangers. This type
differs from conventional plate heat exchangers in a way that instead of a single plate
between the two media, pairs consisting of two identical plates are stacked on top of each
other and welded around the portholes.
The design shall be such that in the event of leakage, one of the two media will always
appear externally. Should a failure occur, whether it is related to the plates, gaskets or
welds, the released fluid must be led to the outside and thus become visible. Leakage shall
be detected by means of leakage switch. The plate heat exchanger shall be designed and
manufactured in accordance to ASME.
A filter with automatic flushing system has to be installed in the primary circuit to protect the
heat exchanger against pollution.
Circulation Pumps, Valves, Piping
Regarding these components reference is made to “Specification M06 Valves for Water
Projects - Doc. No. QC10-H-046”, “Specification M07 Auxiliary Pumps - Doc No. QC10-H-
047”, “Specification M08 Piping Materials for Stations - Doc. No. QC10-H-048” and the
standards and documents referenced therein.
Material for the piping and equipment of the cooling water system shall be selected as
corrosion resistant material (stainless steel) or carbon steel with coating/lining as per the
above mentioned project specifications.
All cooling pipe above ground shall be external painted as per “Specification M21 Painting
of Piping, Equipment and Structural Steelwork - Doc. No. QC10-H-061” and show the
direction of flow.
Membrane Expansion Vessel

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The expansion vessel shall be built according to DIN EN 12828, DIN EN 13831 and
approved according to DIN 4807-5 and provided with a replaceable membrane, a pressure
gauge in the gaseous phase, support construction suitable for fixation in vertical position.
Instrumentation and Controls
The cooling systems shall be equipped with all necessary instrumentation and controls
required for a proper operation and shall be provided for with a unit control which will be
connected to the station control system. Automatic (including automatic change-over of
duty/stand-by units) and manual operation must be possible. Operation of the respective
cooling system shall be a start-up precondition for the pumps.
Water-Cooled Chiller Units for VSDs
Regarding these components reference is made to “Specification M15 HVAC Equipment -
Doc. No. QC10-H-055” and the standards and documents referenced therein.
13.5.5 Particular Requirements

The cooling water for the cooling water system at Shoaiba-Quaiza Pumping Station PS-SH will be
taken from and returned to the 88” booster pump suction header. Reference is made to the P&I
Diagram QP20-D-1211.
13.6 Surge Vessel Plants
13.6.1 General
This subchapter refers to the surge vessel plant including surge vessels and air compressors,
which shall be installed at the pump station outlet for PS-SH.
A surge protection system shall be provided to confine pressure surges caused by pump start,
pump stop, set point change, valve opening or closure, etc. within permissible limits in order to
protect the water transmission system from destructive high and low pressures. The system
attenuates the high pressures by relieving a portion of the pipeline fluid and low pressures by
maintaining flow of water into the pipeline in the case of a pump trip.
The vessels will contain water from the water transmission system as well as air from a
compressed air source.
The surge vessel plants shall be equipped with a stand-by unit in order to provide a reliable
supply of the defined flow rates even during maintenance periods.
Configuration of the surge vessels are shown on the relevant P&I Diagrams.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the dimensioning and functioning of the surge vessel plant
taking into consideration the finally required hydraulic conditions.
13.6.2 Surge Vessels

Surge vessels shall comply with the specification M10 “Surge Vessels”, Doc. No. QC10-H-050.
At each surge vessel plant two (2) vessels shall be fully equipped with all required instrumentation
for measurements of pressure, level, temperature, etc. Each of the remaining vessels shall be
equipped with level and pressure gauges only. Level gauge indication shall be fitted with two (2)
isolation valves, which shall be manufactured from corrosion resistant stainless steel. All piping,
pipe connections, valves and fittings between air compressor units and surge vessels shall also
be manufactured form corrosion resistant stainless steel. Suitable measures against condensed

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
water shall be considered if necessary.

The vessels shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with internationally recognized
standards for pressure vessels considering all internal and external loads. They shall be equipped
with in/outlet nozzle(s), drain nozzle, air inlet nozzle, instrumentation nozzles, manhole, safety
valve including silencer, earthing brackets, supporting structure and platforms.
One stand-by unit shall be provided for the surge vessel group.
The size, arrangement and quantity of the surge vessels are indicated in the relevant P&I
Diagrams. The preliminary design data of the surge vessels are defined in following table. During
final design the actual required data must be verified and confirmed by the Contractor with final
hydraulic calculation.
Table 13-13 Surge Vessel Design Data
Number
Surge Volume Reference Reference
Pressure Design and Volume of
Vessel without Air total Air
Class Pressure arrange- each vessel
Location spare unit Pressure Volume
ment
[-] [barg] [-] [m³] [m³] [barg] [m³]
PS-SH 8+1,
#300 36 1,000 125 26.1 180
Discharge Horizontal
13.6.3 Air Compressor Plants

The air compressor plant shall comply with the specification M17 “Air Compressor Plants for
Surge Vessels”, Doc. No. QC10-H-057.
13.7 Chlorination Equipment
The water received at Shoaiba-Quaiza Pump Station has been pretreated and therefore no
additional chlorination is required.
At the tie-in and reservoir stations injection facilities shall be provided to allow connection of
mobile chlorination units.
13.7.1 Mobile Chlorination Units

Two (2) trailer-mounted mobile chlorination units based on chlorine dioxide system shall be
supplied which can be used for temporary chlorination at the relevant connection points in the
various stations. They shall be working with same principle as stationary chlorine dioxide
generation system.
All the equipment including chemical storage tanks shall be installed in a container which is
mounted on the trailer.
The amount of the chlorine dioxide solution shall be adjusted manually on the control panel,
based on the measured free residual chlorine value and flow rate.
Design pressure of the chlorination system shall be according to pressure rating of all relevant
connection nozzles.
Power supply and dilution water supply shall be available at the location of injection.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Equipment description is provided in document QC10-H-056, Specification M16 Chlorination

Equipment.
The design capacity of the mobile chlorination system shall be 1 kg/h.
13.8 Fire Protection Systems
For fire protection system the latest version of the HCIS safety and fire regulations shall be
applied (incl. Safety directives for industrial and non-industrial facilities). The fire protection
concept is described separately as part of safety design package (preliminary design) which is
prepared by HCIS approved fire protection consultancy (to be added with Addendum).
The supplier of the fire protection system shall be licensed and registered to supply, install, test,
inspect and maintain specific fire protection systems (water based system, automatic
extinguishing system etc.) in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations of the KSA
including approval by HCIS.
13.9 Air Condition and Ventilation
13.9.1 General Requirements, Room Conditions

The buildings and rooms (as far as applicable for this project) shall be equipped with air
conditioning and ventilation systems which shall provide the conditions as specified in the
following general table as a minimum:
Table 13-14 Air condition and ventilation
Internal Conditions Maximum

Maximum Minimum Power Noise
Room Types Minimum Air
Level by
of the Changes per
HVAC
hour
Temperature Humidity Temperature Humidity equipment
[°C] [%] [°C] [%] [dB(A)]
Electrical Building PS-SH
Office 24 60 20 40 4 40
Prayer Room 24 60 20 40 4 45
Meeting Room 24 60 20 40 6 40
Control Room 24 60 20 40 4 40
Instrumentation
24 60 20 40 1 45
Room
MV Switchgear
30 80 5 40 1 65
Room
LV& UPS Room 30 80 5 40 1 65
Kitchen/Tea
27 - 20 - 4 60
Lounge
Lavatory Room
27 - 24 - 6 45
Ablution Room

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

Maximum Minimum Power Noise
Level by
of the Changes per
HVAC
hour
[°C] [%] [°C] [%] [dB(A)]
Battery Room 30 - 16 - 8 45
Store Room for
Clean Agent Fire
30 - 5 - 2 65
Extinguishing
System
Corridor
Entrance 27 - 20 - 2 65
Staircase
Store
Storage Room 27 - 20 - 2 65
Spare Room
5K + max.
HVAC Room ambient - - - 1 80
temperature
5K + max.
Cable Cellar ambient - - - 1 65
temperature
Electrical Building Type 2
Security Room 30 80 5 - 1 65
Battery Room 30 80 5 - 1 65
Electrical Room 30 80 5 - 1 65
Booster Pump House PS-SH

5K + max.
Pump Room ambient - - - 1 100
temperature
Main Pump House PS-SH
5K + max.
Pump Room ambient - - - 1 100
temperature
VSD Building
VSD Room 30 80 5 - 1 65
Cooling Pump
30 - 5 - 2 65
Room
Water Quality Monitoring Building / Water Metering & Online Monitoring Building
Water Quality
30 - 22 - 1 65
Monitoring Room
Emergency Generator / Firefighting Building
5K + max.
Pump Room
ambient - - - 1 80
Firefighting
temperature
Pump Room 5K + max.
- - - 1 90
Station Water ambient

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

Maximum Power Noise
Minimum
Level by
of the Changes per
HVAC
hour
[°C] [%] [°C] [%] [dB(A)]
Supply temperature
5K + max.
Oil Storage ambient - - - 1 65
temperature
5K + max.
Emergency
ambient - - - 4 110
Generator Room
temperature
Storage Building PS-SH
Store - - - - 0,5 80
HV Substation – requirements for all rooms according SEC standards – see chapter 21. High Voltage
Substation
For those rooms which are cooled by central air conditioning system and where no data regarding
fresh air proportion according to ASHRAE standard are given, min.10% fresh air proportion should be
considered in the calculations. This doesn’t apply to the rooms cooled by split air-conditioning units.
Min. air change per hour is to be understood as air exchange in the room.
The following air velocities shall not be exceeded:

Table 13-19 Air velocities
Equipment Velocity range m/s

Outside air inlet <3
Outside air outlet <7
Dry filters (face velocity) 1.5 – 2.8
Bag filters (face velocity) 1.5 – 2.5
Coils (free velocity) 2.0 – 2.8
Main ducts 7.0 – 9.0
Branch ducts 3.0 – 7.0
Further requirements:
 All equipment shall comply with “Specification M15 HVAC Equipment”, Doc.No. QC10-H-
055.
 All equipment shall be designed for high humidity, sand laden air and saline environment.
 Air conditioning loads shall include all electric or mechanical equipment losses, lighting, fan
motor losses, personnel, solar radiation and infiltration air gains.
 Heating loads, in general, shall be based upon night time conditions with no credit for
equipment or personal loads.
 The supply air temperature to rooms and areas to be air-conditioned shall not be less than
10°C below room temperature.
 All HVAC equipment shall have a margin for accessory internal equipment of ~15%.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Conditioned rooms (i.e. office) shall be provided with an adjustable thermostat for
temperature control (i.e. +/- 3 °C).
Specific requirements for the different HVAC systems are given in the following subchapters. The
requirements and equipment specified are the minimum requirements for the final expansion.
13.9.2 Electrical Building PS-SH

The A/C system shall be provided with two independent working air handling units, one of them
on duty, the other one providing 100% standby. Each system shall be fully equipped with fans, a
filter system, sand traps, refrigeration and heating set, heat-exchanger, humidifier and sound
attenuators. The ductwork shall be equipped with all necessary equipment to guarantee a silent
and proper air distribution such as to maintain a room temperature as described above.
Outside/Fresh air is mixed with a part of return air coming from the return air ductwork in the
mixing chamber, pre-cooled/heated through the heat-exchanger and after that the mixed air is
cleaned and cooled by a bag type filter and air cooler. The supply air ventilator transports the
cleaned and cooled supply air through the heat insulated ductwork system into the rooms. The
exhaust air ventilator discharges the heated up air out of the rooms through the ductwork to the
mixing chamber of the air handling unit.
From the battery room no return air shall be taken back into the building, which means there shall
be 100% exhaust air. The room ventilation shall be designed with a slight under pressure in order
that no explosive gas can escape into other occupied rooms. If lead batteries are used then the
ventilation equipment shall be explosion proof. The supply air of the battery rooms shall enter the
room at a low level. 50% of the exhaust air shall leave at a low level and the other 50% at high
level of the battery room (according to DIN EN 50272-2).
From kitchens, lavatories and ablutions no return air shall be taken back into the building, which
means there shall be 100% exhaust air. Supply air is entering from the supply air duct or adjacent
rooms. The exhaust air shall be discharged by roof/wall fans.
For electrical buildings at all stations the air handling units shall be positioned inside HVAC room
and the related air-cooled condensing units shall be positioned on the ground next to the
Electrical Building outside of the HVAC room, which houses as well the distribution and the HVAC
electrical/control equipment.
For cable cellar of the electrical buildings (at all stations) at least two working central ventilation
units shall be provided. Each system is fully equipped with a fan, a filter system and air
distribution system (ductwork, diffuser, etc.).
The air ducts for rooms equipped with automatic clean agent fire suppression system shall be
equipped with motorized fire dampers. In case of fire, the motorized fire dampers shall be closed
before the automatic clean agent fire suppression system is in operation.
13.9.3 Typical Electrical Building Type 2

The building shall be provided with split air-conditioning units, one of them on duty, the other one
providing 100% standby. Each system is fully equipped with a fan, a filter system, cooling coil,
external condensing unit and a heating set. The two outdoor units (1+1) shall be positioned on the
ground next to the building. The six indoor units shall be positioned in the Electrical Room, the
Security Room and the Battery Room, two units (1+1) per room respectively. Each outdoor unit
shall be connected to one indoor unit of each room to guarantee the 100% redundancy.
Battery room shall have 100% exhaust air system and shall be designed with a slight under
pressure in order that no explosive gas can escape into other occupied rooms. If lead batteries
are used then the ventilation equipment shall be explosion proof. The supply air of the battery

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
rooms shall enter the room at a low level. 50% of the exhaust air shall leave at a low level and the
other 50% at high level of the battery room (according to DIN EN 50272-2).
13.9.4 Booster Pump House PS-SH

The pump house shall be equipped with single fan filter units. Each system is fully equipped with
a fan, a filter system and air distribution system (ductwork, diffuser, etc.). The number of the
single fan filter units shall be at least the same amount as motor pump units (duty and stand-by)
plus one single fan filter unit for redundancy (X+1 System) , to be mounted to the inner side of the
building wall. For PS-SH Booster Pump House X+1 fan filter units shall be installed in the related
pump house. For cooling purposes one fan filter unit is in stand-by for redundancy. The cooling
capacity of the operating fan filter units shall be designed to handle the heat load of all installed
motor pump units (the number of duty pumps plus one stand-by pump ) at the same time
(considering e.g. switch-over of duty and stand-by units).
The arrangement of the single fan filter units shall be chosen in a way, to avoid non ventilated
areas within the building during fail of one single fan filter unit. Moved by its higher pressure within
the building the heated up exhaust air will be discharged via motor operated multi-leaf dampers
mounted in the opposite wall to outdoors.
The pump houses shall be slightly pressurized (max. 30 Pascal) to prevent the ingress of sand
and dust. However, care shall be taken that the pressure inside is not too high to prevent easy
opening of the doors.
For the cooling load calculation all duty pumps plus one stand-by pump must be considered. See
also Design Requirements of cooling water system 13.5.
For all stations the fan filter units are additionally equipped with cooling coils, which will be
connected to the cooling water system. Reference is made to the P&I Diagram QP20-D-1262.
The specified cooling water temp. of 36°C is to be seen as a design parameter.
13.9.5 Main Pump House PS-SH

The pump house shall be equipped with single fan filter units. Each system is fully equipped with
a fan, a filter system and air distribution system (ductwork, diffuser, etc.). The number of the
single fan filter units shall be at least the same amount as motor pump units (duty and stand-by)
plus one single fan filter unit for redundancy (X+1 System), to be mounted to the inner side of the
building wall. For PS-SH Main Pump House X+1 fan filter units shall be positioned on the
ground next to the Main Pump House. For cooling purposes one fan filter unit is in stand-by for
redundancy. The cooling capacity of the operating fan filter units shall be designed to handle the
heat load of all installed motor pump units (the number of duty pumps plus one stand-by pump ) at
the same time (considering e.g. switch-over of duty and stand-by units).
The arrangement of the single fan filter units shall be chosen in a way, to avoid non ventilated
areas within the building during fail of one single fan filter unit. Moved by its higher pressure within
the building the heated up exhaust air will be discharged via motor operated multi-leaf dampers
mounted in the opposite wall to outdoors.
The pump houses shall be slightly pressurized (max. 30 Pascal) to prevent the ingress of sand
and dust. However, care shall be taken that the pressure inside is not too high to prevent easy
For the cooling load calculation all duty pumps plus one stand-by pump must be considered. See
also Design Requirements of cooling water system 13.5.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
For all stations the fan filter units are additionally equipped with cooling coils, which will be
connected to the cooling water system. Reference is made to the P&I Diagram QP20-D-1262.
The specified cooling water temp. of 36°C is to be seen as a design parameter.
13.9.6 VSD Building PS-SH

The VSD building shall be equipped with an air conditioning system to provide the minimum
amount of fresh air rate into the rooms and to guarantee a slight over pressure (max. 30 Pascal)
within the rooms to prevent the ingress of sand and dust. However, care shall be taken that the
pressure inside is not too high to prevent easy opening of the doors.
The A/C system shall be provided with two independent working air handling units, one of them
on duty, the other one providing 100% standby. Each system shall be fully equipped with fans, a
filter system, sand traps, refrigeration and heating set and sound attenuators. The ductwork shall
be equipped with all necessary equipment to guarantee a silent and proper air distribution such as
to maintain a room temperature as described above.
Outside/Fresh air is mixed with a part of return air coming from the return air ductwork in the
mixing chamber and after that the mixing air is cleaned and cooled by a bag type filter and air
cooler. The supply air ventilator transports the cleaned and cooled supply air through the heat
insulated ductwork system into the rooms. The exhaust air ventilator discharges the heated up air
out of the rooms through the ductwork to the mixing chamber of the air handling unit.
The air handling units shall be positioned on the ground next to the VSD Building.
The VSDs will be additionally cooled by cold water which will be produced by two central water-
cooled chillers, one of them on duty, the other one providing 100 % standby. The chillers shall be
positioned on the ground next to the VSD Building outside of the cooling pump room, which
houses the secondary pumps between chillers and VSDs. The re-cooling of the chillers will be
achieved by cooling water from the cooling water system. Reference is made to the P&I Diagram
QP20-D-1262 and QP20-D-1263. Cooling water temperature mentioned in P&I Diagram are min.
and max. design parameters applicable for VSDs and actual cooling water temperature can differ.
For the cooling load calculation all duty VSDs plus one stand-by VSD must be considered.
13.9.7 Water Quality Monitoring Building / Water Metering & Online Monitoring Building
The building shall be provided with two split air-conditioning units, one of them on duty, the other
one providing 100% standby. Each system is fully equipped with a fan, a filter system, cooling
coil, external condensing unit and a heating set. Outdoor units shall be positioned on the ground
next to the building or on the roof of the building.

The storage building shall be provided with two central fan filter units. Each system is fully
equipped with a fan, a filter system and air distribution system (ductwork, diffuser, etc.). The fan
filter units shall be positioned on the ground next to the buildings.
Moved by its higher pressure within the building the heated up exhaust air will be discharged via
motor operated multi-leaf dampers mounted in the opposite wall to outdoors.
The buildings shall be slightly pressurized (max. 30 Pascal) to prevent the ingress of sand and
dust. However, care shall be taken that the pressure inside is not too high to prevent easy

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
13.9.9 Emergency Fire Fighting Building

The emergency generator / firefighting building shall be provided with two central fan filter units,
one of them on duty, the other one providing 100% standby. Each system is fully equipped with a
fan, a filter system and air distribution system (ductwork, diffuser, etc.). Both systems shall be
equipped with an automatic changeover panel. The fan filter units shall be positioned on the
ground next to the buildings.
Moved by its higher pressure within the building the heated up exhaust air will be discharged via
motor operated multi-leaf dampers mounted in the opposite wall to outdoors.
The buildings shall be slightly pressurized (max. 30 Pascal) to prevent the ingress of sand and
dust. However, care shall be taken that the pressure inside is not too high to prevent easy
In case the emergency generator is in operation, the normal ventilation for emergency generator
room will be stopped. In this case, the supply air and exhaust air will be provided and discharged
by emergency generator’s own ventilation system. The rest of rooms will still be ventilated by the
normal ventilation system.
13.10 Cranes
13.10.1 General
For material handling, for maintenance purposes and to allow for disassembly/assembly of
equipment requiring overhaul or repair cranes shall be installed within various buildings of the
project.
The lifting capacity of the cranes shall be such that the heaviest object which cannot be
dismantled further in situ can be safely lifted and transported. The lifting capacity shall be at least
125 % of the heaviest object, but not less as defined below.
Cranes shall comply with specification M13 “Cranes and Hoists”, document no. QC10-H-053.
The cranes shall not be used for construction purposes.
13.10.2 Summary of cranes

In each of the following buildings one (1) crane shall be installed with the below given nominal
carrying capacities. The given capacity values have to be taken as preliminary, final requirements
are subject to the weights of the offered equipment.
In Shoaiba-Quaiza Pump Station PS-SH cranes are required for the following buildings:
Booster Pump House PS-SH 200 kN (Double Girder Overhead Crane)
Main Pump House PS-SH 350 kN (Double Girder Overhead Crane)
Storage Building 100 kN (Double Girder Overhead Crane)
EMG-FF Building
(Firefighting Pump room) 20 kN (Single Girder Overhead Crane)
EMG-FF Building
(Emergency Generator Room) 50 kN (Single Girder Overhead Crane)

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
13.11 Service Air Systems
In the booster and main pump buildings a compressed air system shall be installed for
maintenance and cleaning purposes. The system shall consist of:
industrial type electric motor driven workshop air compressor 500 l/min., 10 bar
air receiver ca. 100 l
inlet filter
outlet filter, water separator
instrumentation
all internal controls and cabling
noise protection cabinet with integrated unit control panel
air distribution piping with condensate traps, manual valves and outlet with coupling close to each
pump unit
air hoses with couplings on both ends.
The service air connections shall be provided for pump houses and the distance between the air
connections shall be less than 15m.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
14 POWER SUPPLY AND ELECTRICAL WORKS
14.1 General Requirements
For design and execution of the electrical works special attention is required to consider the actual
voltage level and network data of any existing or new equipment and installations. This is
especially valid for all existing Stations where extension and/or upgrading works are required, or
from where new feeder circuits to new installations will be derived.
The necessary investigation and interface coordination works are part of the contract.
As part of the electrical works the Contractor is responsible to carry out the following design
calculations, studies and activities. Before commencement of the design works the Contractor
shall submit the corresponding design criteria documents.
During Engineering Stage:

The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval at least the following computer aided
studies with respect to the design on the electrical works, as switchgears, motors, cables, etc.
a) Network study, load flow calculation, short circuit level/current calculation, protection relay
coordination and selectivity study for HV, MV and LV, under consideration of existing facilities,
where applicable
b) Voltage drop and current carrying calculation for all power cables
c) Motor start-up calculation
d) Harmonic penetration study including levels of voltage and current distortion of all harmonic
frequencies for all loading and system conditions
e) Design study for definition of power factor compensation equipment
f) Small power and lighting load calculations for all new buildings, structures and extension
areas
g) Sizing calculations of UPS, batteries, EMG and distribution transformers
During Commissioning and Start-up:

The Contractor shall perform at least the following site measurements and shall submit the
respective reports to confirm the specified performance of the installed electrical equipment
and/or systems:
a) Harmonic measurement to confirm the specification requirements before and after installation
of equipment
b) Power factor measurement for all specified load conditions
All design studies, calculations, measurements and tests must be performed by approved
specialists and accepted international programs. The test methods and formats are subject to
approval.
The following general requirements are to be considered for the final design of the power supply
systems, in addition to the technical specifications:
a) The 13.8 kV network within the SWCC Stations shall have preferably low resistance earthing.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
This shall be coordinated with SEC/SWCC and depending on the final agreement the earthing
grid including all protective devices have to be designed and installed accordingly. If
necessary, separate earthing transformers must be provided and a separate earthing grid will
have to be introduced and connected to the neutral of these earthing transformers.
Respective coordination with SEC/SWCC is part of the contract.
b) The selected short circuit rating of bus bars must be based on the detailed short circuit study
calculations. The network data must be obtained from SEC.
c) For all stations with supply voltage 13.8 kV or 400 V the requirements and location of fiscal
metering shall be coordinated with SEC (Energy Provider).
d) Generally in PS-SH station with high inductive loads the necessary power factor
compensation equipment shall be provided if the overall power factor of the installed
equipment is lower than 0.95 during normal operations. If available, the existing power factor
compensation shall be checked and adapted for the new installations, if required. The
requirements of SWCC/SEC must be obtained and considered.
e) Generally in PS-SH station the harmonic content of the alternating circuits at the supply
network side must be reduced as much as possible. The Contractor has to provide a detailed
investigation and calculation based on the actual network conditions at site and considering
all installed equipment which may produce harmonic distortion.
The design and study with respect to the harmonic load content and harmonic distortion in the
power supply system shall be subject to approval. Limits of harmonic distortion shall comply
with the requirements of approved international standards and SEC requirements. However,
the total voltage distortion at the worst case location of the 13.8 kV side shall not exceed 2.5
%, if the SEC requirements are not more stringent.
All necessary fixed installed components and equipment necessary to achieve above
mentioned limits must be provided and are part of the contract.
f) All costs for the external power supply connection of stations (reservoir station and tie-in
station) as required by SEC are to be paid by the Contractor as part of the contract price.
g) All works related to external power supply connection with SEC shall be done according to
SEC specifications and by SEC approved Contractors.
14.2 Power Supply Configuration
14.2.1 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station

The electrical power for the pumping station PS-SH shall be supplied from the new 110 kV
substation. Power supply shall be provided via two (2) 110 kV underground cable feeders.
Estimated length of underground cables will be approx. 1,200 m.
The 110 kV substation will be supplied with energy via power transformers, installed at 110 kV
substation area, from an new 380 kV substation, installed nearby. The 380 kV substation is
equipped with two spare feeders for the required power supply.
The contract limit for design and installation of power supply to Shoaibah Quaiza pumping station
PS-SH is the modification of the existing 380 kV feeders, including all required works for the cable
connections. Complete protection with required inter-tripping and interlocking shall be considered.
In this regard all necessary coordination with SEC for required protections and interlocking at 110
and 380 kV substations shall be performed and is part of the contract. Coordination with SEC for
gathering network data to perform all requested calculations and measurements shall be
performed and is part of the contract.
Inside the pump station, two (2) power transformers 110/13.8 kV incl. neutral earthing resistors

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
shall be installed.
For distribution of electrical energy inside the Pumping Station PS-SH, one (1) 13.8 kV switchgear
shall be installed, which feeds the booster and main pump motors, as well as the 13.8/0.4 kV
distribution transformers for low voltage consumers of pumping station. Each of the two 13.8 kV
switchgear bus bar sections will be supplied from one (1) of the 13.8 kV cable circuits coming
from the power transformers.
Performing site survey and finalizing cable routes from new 380 kV substation till new 110 kV
substation, as well as from new 110 kV substation to the power transformers is part of the
contract. The subject HV cable circuits from 110 kV substation till pump station power
transformers will be installed in sand backfilled concrete duct except for road crossing where
concrete duct banks (with pipe sleeves) will be used. For the 380 kV cables, concrete duct banks
are available in the area of the 380 kV substation. These banks have to be extended till 110 kV
substation. All relevant works are part of the Contract. In this regard all SWCC’s requirement for
detailed cable route shall be considered. For the 380 kV cable laying, SEC standards shall be
considered.
The principle of power supply of the pumping station PS-SH is shown on the following drawings:
QP20-T-1700 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station, Medium Voltage Single Line Diagram
QP20-T-1701 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station, Low Voltage Single Line Diagram
The estimated maximum power for the pump motors at defined operating point and other station
equipment for the selected design are given in the table below. The values are based on
estimated efficiency values of equipment. The auxiliary consumption reflects an average base
value, not a peak value. In this respect, the distribution transformer rating shall not be smaller
than shown in the corresponding single line diagram.
Table 14-1 Power Requirements – Shoiba Quaiza PS-SH
Consumer Motor Shaft Motor Shaft Motor VSD Required

Power Power at Efficiency Efficiency Power
operating (incl.
point Transformer
Main Pump
(4) x 5,400 kW (4) x 4,530 kW 96.5 97 19,358 kW
Motors
Booster Pump
(4) x 1,450 kW (4) x 1,254 kW 94.9 - 5,249 kW
Motors
Auxiliary
600 kW
Consumers
Total Power 25,207 kW
Total Apparent
Power @ 26,533 kVA
PF=0.95
The above power data are based on max. pump shaft power and estimated values for motor
efficiency and VSD efficiency and are subject to confirmation during final design. Assumed power
factor is minimum 0.95 according to ECRA requirements.
Motors ratings are selected according to pump design point. Related shaft power values not given
in table above; please refer to P&I Diagrams.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
14.2.2 Tie-in and Reservoir Station

The electrical power supply for these stations shall be derived out of the available network of SEC
or SWCC, either from the 13.8 kV level or directly from 400 V network if available.
The power for Reservoir Station Jeddah South East shall be delivered from existing 13.8 kV SEC
cable network. Power supply for reservoir station shall be carried out via one (1) 13.8 kV cable
supply line. One (1) distribution transformer shall be provided. The transformer will be installed in
compact transformer station at station fence near electrical building. Fiscal power meter will be
the battery limit for station contractor. Extension of existing facilities as RMU, transformer and
related cable up to transformer shall be in scope of SEC. Transformer ratings shall be as per SEC
requirements (standards). However, costs of power connection fee, fiscal metering provision, as
well as provision of other items (i.e. transformers, cables, etc. as applicable) required for
connection to SEC grid shall be organized and borne by station contractor.
For the Tie-in station Quaiza, normal and UPS electrical power supply shall be derived directly
from the existing LV network and UPS distribution board of the SWCC installations in this station.
The low voltage power cables, including the new feeder circuit breakers (utilization and upgrading
of existing spare feeders and/or drawers, metering devices, etc.) shall also be part of the contract
The estimated required power for both stations is shown in the table below. Detailed load
calculation shall be performed by the Contractor for all of these stations during detail design. The
estimated required load for each station shall be verified and if necessary modified based on the
actual load.
Details have to be coordinated with SEC/SWCC during detail design. Any required change to the
information given in the table below (e.g. distance, voltage level, power source, power demand) is
included in the Contract.
All works related to the power supply including installation of fiscal metering and coordination with
SEC are part of the Contractors scope of work and shall be performed in accordance with the
SEC specifications and standards.
The principle of power supply of these stations is shown on the following drawing:
QP20-T-1702 Highpoint Reservoir Station Single Line Diagram
QP20-T-1709 Tie-In Quaiza Station Single Line Diagram

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Table 14-2 Power Requirements –Tie-in Station, Reservoir Station Jeddah South East
SWCC Required Power for Stations Power Supply Connection Point
Estimated Location of Estimated coordinates

Required of Supply Point
Station Electrical Building Power Supply Source
Power (UTM coord. – zone 39) COMMENTS
(UTM coord. – zone 39)
No.
Voltage Distance
Location Type kVA E N Provider E N
** App.
Reservoir
Station
Jeddah Point 1:
South 70* ~1200m
Reservoir 13.8 kV cable network neighboured
1 East Normal SEC 13.8 kV
Station to reservoir area
10* UPS Point 2:
RS-JE ~1400m
Tie-In
16* New 400 V Panel for WQM and
Station
2 Tie-In Station Normal 5* SWCC 400, 230V Varies modification at existing
Quaiza
UPS switchboards and related cabling
TI-QA
* The contractor shall define final transformer input voltage and capacity
** Voltage level will be defined based on availability of SEC network in vicinity of subject stations

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
14.2.3 Cathodic Protection Stations

The electrical power supply for the cathodic protection (CP) transformer/rectifier stations along the
pipeline is subject to final design, depending on the actual survey results and the calculated
requirements for number and location of these stations.
The placement of these T/R stations shall also consider the availability of connections to the local
power supply facilities.
Interface shall be at the existing SEC installations. All new power lines, transformers, cables, etc.
will be part of the contract.

The electrical power for the new storage building shall be supplied from existing SWCC
installations adjacent to the storage building area. The existing distribution system shall be
extended with a feeder rated 120A or higher. The cabling to the storage building and all related
work is within the scope.
14.3 Power Transformers
The Pumping Station will be supplied with 13.8 kV medium voltage via power transformers with
the following main data:
 Primary voltage 110kV

 Secondary voltage 13.8 kV
 Power 50/67 MVA
 Cooling method ONAN/ONAF
 Short circuit voltage 16 % (related to 67 MVA)
The pump station will be equipped with two (2) power transformers.
Each transformer shall be designed for the total station load. With one (1) transformer all pumps
required for the design flow rate can be operated, 100% spare power for future installations is
available. Each power transformer shall have on-load tap changer at the primary voltage side
which will regulate secondary voltage to nominal value. For detailed technical requirements
reference is made to the “Specification E22 Power Transformers”, Doc. No. QC10-H-102.
The power transformers will be installed in outdoor transformer boxes with oil catch basin and fire
protection wall.
Two (2) nos. Neutral Earthing Resistors (NER) shall be provided with necessary CTs, and all
accessories to provide affective grounding on the 13.8 kV secondary side of power transformers
as per SLD drawing QP-T-1700.
The NERs shall be sized to limit the maximum Symmetrical 1-phase to Ground fault current.
However, the minimum fault current shall also be adequate to initiate the protection relays of the
Power Transformer. Calculations to justify the sizing of the NER, shall be provided for
review/approval. The NERs shall be installed outdoors next to the power transformers
14.4 Medium Voltage Switchgear
Pump station PS-SH is equipped with a 13.8 kV medium voltage switchgear. The 13.8 kV

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
switchgear is located in the MV Switchgear Room of the Electrical Building.

The number of switchgear cubicles and the general layout is shown on the following drawing:
QP20-T-1700 Shoaiba Quaiza Pump Station, Medium Voltage Single Line Diagram
If required additional cubicles (one per bus section) shall be provided for reactive power
compensation equipment – capacitor banks, as per chapter 14.7 below.
For technical requirements of pumping station switchgear reference is made to the “Specification
E02 Medium Voltage Switchgear”, Doc. No. QC10-H-082, including the relevant data sheets.
14.5 Electrical Motors
Electric motors for main pumps, as well as for booster pumps, will be on 13.8kV operating
voltage. The main pumps in the pump station will be driven by variable speed motors.
Medium voltage motors part of variable speed drives will be with voltage level in range between
3kV and 13.8kV.
Motors for booster pumps will be fixed speed 13.8 kV medium voltage motors.
For the MV booster and main pump motors asynchronous squirrel cage induction motors with
air/water heat exchangers shall be installed.
Power rates of main and booster pump motors are given in the table below:
Table 14-3 Electrical Motors Power Ratings
Pumping Station PS-SH Motor Speed El. Motor Rating [kW]

Booster Pump Motors fixed 1,450
Main Pump Motors VSD 5,400
The motor size indicated in the above table and various documents and drawings are preliminary
only, and must be verified by the Contractor during final design on basis of the actual pipeline
survey, the hydraulic calculation and the final number, type, size and efficiency of the selected
pumps.
For technical requirements reference is made to the “Specification E03 Electrical Motors”, Doc.
No. QC10-H-083, including the relevant data sheets.
14.6 Variable Speed Drive
The main pumps for the pump station will be driven by medium voltage asynchronous motors/
variable speed drives with the following main data:
 One (1) Converter Transformer of oil-immersed type, ONAN cooling, primary voltage 13.8
kV,
 Frequency converter with minimum 24-pulse rectifier and 6-pulse inverter with full sine
wave filter in outgoing power path to motor, water-cooled,
 MV motors, asynchronous squirrel cage induction motors with air/water heat exchangers.
For the frequency converter a closed circuit water cooling system with the respective cooling
circuits, water treatment, instrumentation, etc. shall be provided. The heat removal from the drives
shall be accomplished with means of an outdoor water/water heat exchanger - chiller.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The converters in the pump station shall be installed in the VSD Buildings close to the respective
Main Pump Building; the transformers shall be placed in boxes close to the VSD Buildings.
Generally, harmonic filter shall be avoided by the design of the variable speed drives. Anyhow, if
requirements for harmonic distortion according to IEEE 519 and The Saudi Arabian Grid Code
cannot be met, harmonic filters shall be provided. These harmonic filter, one per busbar section,
shall be designed for outdoor installation as specified, but installed indoors in dedicated filter
buildings, located next to the electrical building. The general design criteria for the electrical
building, specified in this document, shall apply also for these filter buildings.
For technical requirements reference is made to the “Specification E27 Medium Voltage Variable
Speed Drives”, Doc. No. QC10-H-107, including the relevant data sheets.
14.7 Medium Voltage Reactive Power Compensation Equipment
The pump station will be equipped with a 13.8 kV medium voltage reactive power compensation
equipment (capacitor banks) in order to insure that power factor is min. 0.95 inductive. This
compensation units are, if required for the new installations, in the scope of the contractor. For
each bus section one unit shall be provided, designed for the compensation of the respective
section.
The medium voltage reactive power compensation equipment shall be metal enclosed and
located indoor in the Electrical Building.
The capacitor banks shall be of modular construction that means that each capacitor bank stage
shall have its own compartment. One capacitor bank will be connected to each bus bar section of
medium voltage switchgear.
For the pump stations PS-SH which have fixed speed motors for booster pumps, estimated size
of each capacitor bank would be as follows:
Table 14-4 Capacitor Bank Capacity
Power Power Required Capacitor Bank

Motor/Pumping Station Factor Power capacity
[kW]
Factor [kVAR]
Booster Pump Motor (Each) 1,450 0,82 0,95 575

Main Pump Motor (Each) 5,400 0,92 0,95 575
Bus Section Full Load 19,100 0,90 0,95 5 x 575 = 2,875
The above data are based on estimated power factor value for main and booster pump motors,
VSDs, Converter Transformers and required power factor of 0.95. Final values are subject to
detailed design and depended on the actual data from vendors and product types. The detailed
power factor correction calculation/exact capacitor bank stage size for all stations is part of the
final design and shall be done by the Contractor according to actual motor data.
Additional reactive power compensation may be needed at low voltage switchboards, depending
on the equipment installed.
For technical requirements reference is made to the “Specification E28 Medium Voltage Reactive
Power Compensation Equipment”, Doc. No. QC10-H-108, including the relevant data sheets.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
14.8 Low Voltage Switchboards
The power supply for the low voltage station consumers at the Shoiba Quaiza B pump station
shall be derived out of the following switchboards:
Main Distribution Board (MDB)
The MDB is the low voltage main distribution board for all station consumers. The MDB in
the pump station consists of two (2) bus bar sections with two (2) feeder breakers and two
(2) bus-tie breaker with automatic change over to the auxiliary service. The MDB is placed
in the LV and UPS Room of the respective Electrical Building.
Auxiliary Service Board (ASB)
For all essential station consumers, which must remain in operation with the support of the
low voltage emergency diesel generator. The ASB consists of one (1) bus bar section with
one (1) feeder breaker for connection of the emergency diesel generator.
Sub-distribution Boards (SDB)
The SDB’s feeding all LV-consumers will be supplied from the MDB. The SDB’s are
distributed within the station area for power supply of buildings and other process package
units like HVAC, outdoor lighting, etc. Depending on their function the supply of SDB’s will
be carried out via one or via both bus bar sections of MDB.
The principle configuration of the low voltage switchboards at the pump station is shown on the
following drawings:
QP20-T-1701 Shoiba Quaiza Pumping Station, Low Voltage Single Line Diagram
Tie-in and Reservoir Station will be equipped with a low voltage distribution board with 2 bus bar
sections, where one section is Main Distribution Board (MDB) and another Auxiliaries Service
Board (ASB). Incomer to MDB will be either from distributive transformer (pole mounted or ground
installed and fenced) provided by SEC or from 400 V network close to the station.
Incomer to ASB will be from emergency diesel generator set. Automatic change over device will
be provided as well.
The principle configuration of the low voltage switchboards with two bus bar sections is shown on
the following drawing:
QP20-T-1702 Highpoint Reservoir Station Single Line Diagram
For technical requirements reference is made to the “Specification E07 Low Voltage
Switchboards”, Doc. No. QC10-H-087, including the relevant data sheets.
14.9 Emergency Generators
14.9.1 General
For power supply of the essential station consumers, connected to the ASB’s or essential bus
bars of the stations, diesel driven low voltage emergency generator (EMG) units are required.
The EMG for the pumping station shall be placed together with all auxiliary facilities in a separate
generator room of the Emergency generator / Firefighting Building.
The stationary EMG for Reservoir Station shall be containerized and will be placed next to the
Electrical Building of the respective station.
The detailed DG sizing calculation for all stations is part of the final design and shall be performed
by the Contractor. The estimated size of the new EMG are as follows:
Shoiba Quaiza, ASB power supply: 500 kVA

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Jeddah South East, ASB power supply: 70 kVA

Automatic start and switch-over is foreseen in case of total power failure at the MDB level, with
synchronization and switch back to normal without any interruption if the power returns back. The
EMG shall be designed to supply the full load of the consumers connected to the ASB/PDBS or
essential bus bar, the final sizing of the EMG is subject to detailed consumer load calculations,
which is part of the final design.
For technical requirements of the EMG reference is made to the “Specification E 08 Emergency
Generator”, Doc. No. QC10-H-088, including the relevant data sheets.
14.9.2 Containerized EDG

Contrary to the Specification E 08, the EDG of the reservoir station shall be containerized,
suitable for outdoor use. This chapter summarizes the requirements for the Containers itself. For
all further requirements, the specification E 08 is still valid for the containerized EDG.
The containers for the EDG shall be a welded steel type. All equipment shall be installed in
dedicated compartments within the container.
The container contains two separate compartments / rooms, one for the engine and day tank and
the other for the control cabinets. The bottom of the engine compartment shall be designed as
collection pan made of stainless steel. Above the collection pan and also inside the control
compartment an open mesh flooring (anti-slip, hot dip galvanized steel) must be installed.
The container has to be provided with all the necessary bushings and has to be dimensioned in
such a way that accessibility is possible for all installations, for operation and maintenance
purposes.
The front or side wall of the engine compartment shall be completely removable to allow the
removal of the engine. Instead of a demountable wall, the container can also be equipped with a
detachable roof section.
For noise and heat insulation the partitions and outer walls shall be filled with a non- flammable
lining. Doors and openings shall be noise and heat insulated as well. Emitted sound pressure
level of the engine, the generator and all auxiliaries inside the container shall be max. 105 dB(A)
outside the container and shall be max. LWA ≤ 80 dB(A), 1m from the container.
The container shall be coated according ISO 12944-2 as minimum requirement. For the air intake
opening a protective roof shall be provided.
The container shall be fully equipped with all electrical installations, consisting of the following
main parts:
 distribution board,
 lighting, separated for engine room and control room
 outside mounted entrance lighting
 switches, cabling, cable transitions etc.,
 maintenance power sockets (16A) in the engine room,
 Convenience sockets (16A) in the engine room and control room
 standstill heating/anti condensate-system for engine and generator
 pre-heating of cooling water, lubrication oil, fuel, combustion chamber, prelubrication
circulation
 earthing bus bars

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 ventilation and air conditioning

The diesel engine, the generator and the cooler will be placed on a common welded base frame.
To minimize vibrations of the engine, the base frame shall be fixed via rubber-metal elements or
equal shock absorbing materials to the Container frame.
All metal parts inside the container (unless welded to the container) must be equipped with
potential equalization. Contractor is responsible for earthing and lightning protection of the EDG
containers. The requirements in the specification E 13 “Earthing and Lightning Protection” shall be
observed.
14.10 UPS Equipment
In general for a continuous and uninterrupted power supply of selected instrumentation, control
and communication equipment of the various stations and as well for security equipment the
installation of one (1) complete-redundant uninterruptible power supply (UPS) per station with
battery back-up and 230 V AC, 60 Hz output power supply and distribution board is required.
The UPS for pumping station will be installed in the LV and UPS Room of the Electrical Building,
for the batteries a separate Battery Room is foreseen.
For the generation of the 48 V DC, 24 V DC and all other lower voltage levels, which may be
required for the various control and telecommunication devices, separate power supply units
located in the respective cabinets are to be provided. These power supply units shall be fed from
the UPS by 230 V AC.
The principle schematic diagram of UPS is shown on the following drawing:
QP20-T-1704 Typical Single Line Diagram, Uninterruptible Power Supply
For technical requirements reference is made to the “Specification E09 UPS Equipment”, Doc.
No. QC10-H-089, including the relevant data sheets.
14.11 Cabling
The connection of the entire electrical equipment with the power supply source is generally done
by cables laid in sand backfilled concrete ducts, the cable cellars, raised floors or walkable cable
ducts on trays, in cable conduits and for auxiliary cable routes also in direct buried trenches.
The same applies in general to the entire instrumentation and control equipment.
The necessary field junction boxes, required for collection of individual sensor or signal cables on
machinery or package units are part of the cabling works.
For technical requirements of cable types and the cable laying works reference is made to the
“Specification E12 Cable and Cable Laying”, Doc. No. QC10-H-092.
Excavation works at areas of existing cable trenches must be performed by hand only or with
special supervision by machine, if the existing cable routes have been verified by trial pits.
14.12 Earthing and Lightning Protection
For the entire station areas an equipotential meshed grounding network is to be provided.
For stations, which are to be extended, the existing earthing network shall be considered. The
new and the existing earthing network is to interconnect at least at two (2) locations.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Each new building and high structure within the stations shall be provided with lightning protection
facilities.
For technical requirements of earthing and lightning protection reference is made to the
“Specification E13 Earthing and Lightning Protection”, Doc. No. QC10-H-093.
14.13 Outdoor Lighting
The outdoor lighting required for each station contains the following subsystems:
 Road lighting
 Area lighting including structures, valve and flow meter shafts, platforms and other working
places or areas outside of buildings
 Fence lighting
The new installations for outdoor and fence lighting within existing stations shall meet the used
types (poles and lighting fixtures), as far as still available on the market. The respective
coordination and if necessary, extension and relocation of existing lighting systems are part of the
Contract.
For technical requirements of outdoor lighting reference is made to the “Specification E15 Outdoor
Lighting”, Doc. No. QC10-H-095. Especially for the fence lighting the HCIS requirements must be
fulfilled. Security design must also be coordinated with the SWCC security department, separate
approval is required.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
15 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
15.1 Scope
The subsequent section describes the general requirements of the control and monitoring of the
SQWTS-B:
The new pipeline shall be monitored from the Water Pipeline Control Center (WPCC) located at
Shoaiba as described in chapter 5.4 of this document and monitored and controlled from the
Pump Station control room as described in chapter 15.3.1.and monitored from Dispatch Center
Shoaiba and Riyadh as described in section 15.7.
The dominating overall function of the instrumentation and control equipment is to guarantee a
continuous water flow throughout the water transmission system. This means that the
technological process for operating the pipeline shall be considered as an entire unit from the
related supply tanks at Shoaiba PS up to Quaiza tanks.
Therefore the objective of the control system is not reduced to monitoring and control of the
several stations, it has also to handle following overall functions:
 Start-up and shutdown of the pipeline system as a results of start-up and shutdown
according to the operation scenarios
 Monitoring and control of the pipeline flow rate according to the system conditions (e.g.
levels of tanks)
 Emergency and safety functions
 Operation optimization (e.g. pump scheduler)
 Monitoring of cathodic protection
 Monitoring of power consumption
 Leak detection and leak location detection for the pipeline system
 Time synchronization off all control system equipment (hierarchical principle)
 Continuous alarm management - control center and station
The control system of new WTS shall include the following main components:
CC - Control Centre
Monitoring and control of the main process, the CC itself and all relevant systems at
any station, including monitoring of the communication system, leak detection and
third party intervention system.
SCS - Station Control System
 Station local control with HMI for monitoring and control of the process within the
station (e.g. STATCON, ESD, UNCONs) at pumping stations
 Redundant STATCON with HMI for monitoring and control of the process within the
station and all relevant UNCON’s
 UNCON’s with HMI for local monitoring and control of related sub-systems
 ESD (with dedicated panels) and Station Safety Functions
 Fire detection system
 Pipeline control for monitoring and control of the process of the pipeline (e.g.
STATCON)
 Optimization, pipeline management and leak detection
 Pipeline Safety Functions
 Central and local components of a third party intervention system

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Dispatch Center interface

The basic process functions of particular stations are shown in the related P&I diagrams. The
main regulation loops and main control functions are described in more detail in chapter 5 of this
document.
All other control functions, regulation loops and sequences for the main process or any auxiliary
system and/or package unit, which are not described in detail, but necessary to fulfil the overall
philosophy of central, station control and monitoring shall be part of the instrumentation and
control works.
It shall further be possible to have particular station on station control level, while the remaining
pipeline is on PCC control level. The same shall be possible for individual units.
The monitoring and control system shall give the Operator at any time the correct control level
and status of each unit and each station.
Instrumentation, connection of the instrumentation to the required controller and control system
itself has to be designed to allow manual and automatic operation modes. All necessary hardware
and software, including related HMI (Human Machine Interface) devices, shall be part of the
scope. For detailed requirements reference is made to the following standard specifications:
“S01 Design and Construction of I & C Systems”, doc. do. QC10-H-121
“S04 Distributed Control System”, doc. no. QC10-H-124
“S05 Central Control Hardware and Standard Software”, doc. no. QC10-H-125
“S06 SCADA and Plant Software”, doc. no. QC10-H-126
Interfaces between existing and new installations have to be considered (WPCC).
The system shall be monitored at SWCC Dispatch Center in Shoaiba and Riyadh. All required
works, equipment and accessories are part of scope.
For process data exchange between the station of the water transmission system and the PCC
the standard transmission protocol IEC 60870-5-104 or equivalent shall be used. The protocol is
subject to final design and approval by SWCC/Engineer.
Control system components shall be time synchronized via existing time source in Shoaiba
WPCC. In case this is not possible a new redundant GPS based time source shall to be provided.
The control system shall be secured for unauthorized access following common cyber security
recommendations and HCIS security directives listed in SEC-12 (latest version). The control
system data network shall therefore be a dedicated one. Unused ports of control equipment shall
be disabled and secured for unauthorized access, allow administrative access at dedicated
equipment only and log all attempts of access and modifications.
Software and configuration of all control levels shall be protected against unauthorized
modifications, the possibility of loss of data integrity shall be minimized by sensor protection
against recalibration. Wireless communication in control loop is prohibited.
A verification of the software integrity shall be also included (operation system, control software
packages, engineering tools, etc.), e.g. by using of anti-virus software modules, whitelisting,
hardened operating systems or other methods.
Furniture (e.g. desks, chairs, tables, cupboard, garbage cans, working place lighting) required for
the operation of the control system is part of the scope. Required modifications and
rearrangements at the Control Center are part of the scope and matter of approval.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to inform himself about the actual situation on site and to
make all necessary checks and investigations in order to verify the actual as-build status and the
configuration of the control systems as well as the available space/system capacity for extensions

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
and interfaces. Further the Contractor has to obtain and verify all information which is required to
implement the specified functionality and to perform all coordination works for internal and
external interfaces with SWCC (e.g. WPCC), other contractors and authorities.
During modification, extension or replacement works at any station it is mandatory not to disturb
safe operation of existing systems in operation. Necessary shut down period, if required, must be
limited to the absolute minimum and must be coordinated with the responsible O&M department
of SWCC respectively NWC. If necessary, suitable temporary provisions must be foreseen to
allow continuation of operation.
15.2 Central Control
15.2.1 Shoaiba WPCC

The Shoaiba WPCC is the location for monitoring of the new pipeline systems. The new pipeline
system shall be integrated into the WPCC by provision of additional workstations.
The control system equipment shall at least consist of:
 Two (2) workstations with two (2) 24’’ monitors each, with four (4) network interfaces for
redundant connections to the redundant pumping station network and redundant
connection to the redundant Shoiaba WPCC Server/Client network
 Network (industrial Ethernet switches, cables, etc.) with connection to the SQWTS-B
pipeline communication network
 Network (cables, firewalls, etc.) with connection to the existing Shoiaba WPCC
Client/Server network
For details of the general structure of Shoaiba Quaiza WPCC extension refer to the following
drawing:
“Control Center Block Diagram”, doc. no. QP20-T-1801
Leak detection system HMI as well as HMI of the intrusion detection system of the pipeline
system shall be integrated into the HMI of the operator workstations at PCC.
All modification, extension or replacement works incl. required material/hardware for integration
into the existing WPCC implementation are part of the scope. This includes, but is not limited to,
the integration into the existing video wall and the assignment of the existing SQWTS-A PCC
related printers. The control system (supported by a leak detection system (LDS)) shall provide,
via hydraulic profile, the essential data (e.g. elevation profile, MAOP, pressure, temperature, flow,
velocity, friction, status of pumps) of the pipeline system, integrated into the HMI of the operator
workstations at WPCC.
15.3 All required extensions (e.g. hardware, software, licenses) are part of the scope of
work. Modification/replacement works at WPCC is subject to final design and
approval by SWCC/Engineer. Station and Unit Control
A station control system shall be installed at pumping, tie-in and high point reservoir stations. All
station control systems shall be directly linked, via redundant communication system, to the
control center.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
15.3.1 Pumping Station

The station control system of PS-SH shall consist at least of:
 Two (2) engineering/operator workstation with two (2) 24’’ LCD monitors each for
engineering works/monitoring and control of the entire station (combined with server
functionality – if required), two (2) network interfaces
 Two (2) redundant application and database servers (application and database server
functionality maybe combined in a hardware) with KVM (1 x 17’’ LCD monitor), four (4)
network interfaces for connection to redundant LAN, incl. necessary Software and Licenses
 One (1) color laser printer size A4, redundant network interfaces
 Independent networks (switches, cables, etc.) with connection to the pipeline
communication system
 One (1) redundant SYSCON for pipeline overall functions, redundant network interfaces
 One (1) redundant STATCON for station overall functions (e.g. surge vessel, air
compressors), redundant network interfaces
 Unit control systems for unit functions (e.g. pump strings), which are linked to the
STATCON:
 One (1) single UNCON for each booster pump with remote I/Os and remote LCP
 One (1) single UNCON for each main pump with remote I/Os and remote LCP
 One (1) single VSD control for each main pump

 Unit control systems of package units or subsystems (station utility systems), which are
linked to the STATCON
 Air compressor
 Cooling water system
 Several additional plant bus systems (if required)
 Marshalling racks with connections to water quality monitoring, desalination plant (where
applicable), power supply (MV, LV, UPS, etc.), cathodic protection, HVAC, fire
detection,field I/Os and/or field buses including over voltage protection
 Additional remote I/O’s (if necessary)
 Interface and multiplication cabinets to third party equipment (e.g. existing station control
systems - where applicable)
 All necessary Software and Licenses
 Third party intervention system central and local components (hardware installed in
instrumentation room, HMI extended via KVM extender to control room)
Computer hardware (e.g. workstations) shall be installed in cabinets located in the instrumentation
room of the related station. Keyboard, mouse and monitors shall be extended to the control room
via KVM extender.
Remote-I/O panels with LCP for operation and control of the individual pump unit shall be installed
in a distance to the pump at the walkway along the wall. These panels shall be installed on a
suitable stand with cable entry from bottom. The height shall be dimensioned that the cabinet will
not get wet in case of flooding in the pump hall. Stairs and stages are part of scope if required.
For details on the proposed structure of the control system see following drawing:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
“Typical Pumping Station Control System Block Diagram”, doc. no. QP20-T-1802
After recovery of a total communication failure to central control shall local archived data (events,
alarms, measurement values) automatically be recovered at the central archive.
Server archive and configuration synchronization shall be handled via dedicate LANs, shall not
cause load on process related networks.
The control system (supported by a leak detection system (LDS)) shall provide, via hydraulic
profile, the essential data (e.g. elevation profile, MAOP, pressure, temperature, flow, velocity,
friction, status of pumps) of the pipeline system, integrated into the HMI of the
engineering/operator workstations.
Shoaiba Phase 4 tanks and new tank farm supplied from the desalination plant are pool operated,
Water quantity delivered in both directions, to Shoaiba Phase 3 PS and PS Shoaiba Quaiza, shall
be measured via bidirectional flow meter. Details shall be provided to both control systems and
integrated in the PCC. Further processing, if required, shall be also part of the scope of supply.
An interface to the desalination plant shall be implemented to provide the custody metering data,
water quantity and water quality data, at the physical interface between desalination plant and
tank farm. All required coordination with the desalination plant contractor, material and
integration work to establish this interface, data provision and integration is part of the scope of
work.
15.3.2 Reservoir and Tie-in Station

The station control system of RS-JE and TI-QA shall at least consist of:
 Independent networks (switches, cables, etc.) with connection to the pipeline

communication system
 Router to establish the backup communication link (where required)
 One (1) redundant STATCON with LCP (min 17’’ touch screen) for station overall functions
and station HMI, redundant network interfaces
 Unit control systems of package units or subsystems (station utility systems) linked to
STATCON
 Several additional plant bus systems (if required)
 Marshalling racks with connections to power supply (LV, UPS, etc.), fire detection, HVAC,
cathodic protection, field I/Os and/or field buses including over voltage protection
 Remote I/O’s (if necessary)
 Interface PLC (where required e.g. for data provision of another pipeline system) as part of
an interface cabinet
 Communication interfaces to third party equipment (e.g. existing station control systems - if
required)
 Third party intervention system – local components (where required)
For details on the proposed structure of the control system see following drawing:
“Typical Tie-in Station Control System Block Diagram”, doc. no. QP20-T-1803
The following has to be considered at the related station:

Reservoir Station Jeddah South East:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
At RS-JE an interface for process data exchange with the Jeddah North Consumer custody
metering installation, water quantity and water quality data shall be provided. All required
coordination, material and integration work to establish the interface in the furure is part of the
scope of work. In addition shall sufficient spare capacity be considered in the design of the control
system for integration of the future extension as per P&ID.
Tie-in Station Quaiza:
The existing Electrical Building at Quaiza receiving station shall be utilized to install the equipment
related to the new TI-QA. Modification/rearrangement of the existing installation and coordination
works with SWCC O&M is part of the scope of work.
A communication interface with the existing tank farm installation shall be established for process
data exchanged. This includes, but is not limited to following signal:
• Water quantity and quality shall be provided to the existing tank farm.
• Level signal of the existing tank are required for a proper tie-in station operation.
Required coordination works to establish the communication interface with the tank owner as well
as integration of the signals in the functional logic of the tie-in station is part of the scope of work.
15.4 Leak and Leak Location Detection
The pipeline system, from the initial pump station up to the RS-JE and endpoint station TI-QA and
tap-off to Jeddah North Consumers, shall be monitored by leak detection software (LDS) during
pipeline steady state operation, based on measurement value readings.
The dedicate LDS shall be provided for each segment, pressurized and gravity.
A leak study shall be provided for the pipeline system defining the required measurements, the
functionality and the detection accuracy with respect to leak size versus time.
For technical requirements reference is made to the following specification:
“S06 SCADA and Process Specific Software”, doc. no. QC10-H-126
15.5 Field Instrumentation
The field instrumentation required for continuous measurement and monitoring of the main
process and auxiliary equipment, during all possible modes of operation, has to be provided.
Electrical remote transmitters are required with local installed indication. In addition, remote
installed indication shall be foreseen.
The main instrumentation, as minimum requirement, including the basic control and regulation
loops are shown in the relevant P&I Diagrams. Instrumentation, depending on the selected
system equipment and the functional needs, is subject to final detailed design.
Temperature and pressure measurement shall be considered for leak detection at each beginning
and end point of the pipeline system (even if not explicitly shown in the related P&IDs).
Instruments required for tank level measurement shall be provided, installed and considered in
the control system as well as the signal cabling and all necessary installation auxiliaries. Signals
of existing tanks, required for operation and control, shall be provided via PLC to PLC
communication or signal doubling, if required.
Pressure indicators necessary for proper maintenance of equipment shall be installed where

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
required, e.g. downstream and upstream of valves to locally check the pressure difference and to
safely manually operate such valves.
The contractor is responsible to design and select the field instrumentation depending on the
purpose, application and environmental conditions in line with the following listed specifications
and drawings:
S01 “Design and Construction of I&C Systems”, doc. no. QC10-H-121
S02 “Field Instrumentation”, doc. no. QC10-H-122
S03 “Installation and Start-up of Field Instrumentation”, doc. no. QC10-H-123
“Typical Hook-ups for Instrumentation”, doc. no. QP20-T-1805
The field instrumentation for the main process pipeline equipment is necessary at least for the
following major tasks:
Pipeline monitoring and control
Flow, pressure and level measurements are the main parameters used for the system
control and regulation loops as shown in the P&ID’s. This includes also possible
redundancies of instruments due safety or overall availability aspects (minimizing single-
point-of-failures)
Leak and leak location detection
The measurements as listed in item a) above shall to be used for leak detection The water
temperature shall be considered for temperature compensation.
Instruments not mentioned in the P&ID’s (e.g. temperature measurements), but necessary
to fulfill the requirements of the leak detection system (e.g. accuracy), are part of the scope
as essential for the provided solution.
Water quality monitoring
Chlorine dioxide as applicable, conductivity, pH and temperature shall be measured, if not
defined otherwise in station related P&IDs.
Dependent on location of installation shall additional safety measures be foreseen to avoid
damage of the measuring elements by pressure surges.
Water/flood detectors shall be installed above the floor of all shafts that contain equipment
controlled and/or monitored by the control system for detection of leaks or inundation.
These signals shall be integrated to the control system and transferred to PCC/WPCC.
15.6 Fire Detection System
The fire detection and alarm system shall be installed in accordance with HCIS SAF
requirements.
The fire detection and alarm system consists mainly of:
 Main and zone related fire alarm control panels

 Automatic fire detectors (smoke, fire, heat)
 Manual call points
 Audio-visual fire alarm
 Necessary cabling, installation and wiring
 Interfaces to the related systems like HVAC, ventilation
 Interface for visualization incl. local control panel

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Interface to station control system

For technical requirements reference is made to the following specification:
“S10 Fire Alarm System”, Doc. No. QC10-H-130
Main fire alarm control panel per station shall be installed preferably in the instrumentation room
(location of installation is part of detailed design). The control room shall be equipped with
repeater or mimic panel for status monitoring of the fire detection and alarm equipment.
Following interfaces shall be foreseen for signal provision at the station control system:
 Hard wired signals:

 common fire alarm
 common fault (failure fire alarm system)
 Ethernet/Serial interface(zone specific fire alarm)

 pre-alarm (one detector)
 fire alarm (min. two detectors or one manual call point)
 status of the detectors
 failure power supply of fire detection system
Zone specific alarms shall be forwarded to the PCC/WPCC.

The fire detection shall be installed at the stations in the respective buildings and shall cover all
areas of buildings as well as suspending ceiling, false floor, cable cellars.
Walkable ducts, containers, shelters shall also be equipped with fire detection system. Any
additional building defined during detail design, that require fire detection based on NFPA, shall
be part of scope.
Adaptations/modifications of the fire detection system at Shoaiba WPCC are not expected. In
case adaptations are based on the modifications/rearrangements required, these are to be
considered as part of the scope.
At locations where existing buildings will be used to install new equipment, no changes in the
existing fire detection and alarm installations are expected. However, if the new installations
require modification/rearrangement or extension of the existing fire detection and alarm system,
this shall be part of the scope of work.
15.7 SWCC Dispatch Center
SWCC established a Dispatch Center at Shoaiba and Riyadh to monitor and manage its fleet of
power and desalination plants, water transmission pipelines and reservoirs in Saudi Arabia.
The solution is based on a data management infrastructure for collecting, archiving, displaying,
analysing and reporting real-time operational and asset health related information in which the
Shoaiba Quaiza B WTS control system shall be integrated. The existing installation at Shoaiba
shall be used to be established the data provision at the Dispatch Centers.
The connection and integration works required to provide Shoaiba Quaiza B WTS data at the
Dispatch Center interface and at Shoaiba and Riyadh Dispatch Center, including testing, is part of
the of the scope of work. This includes, but is not limited to, the following:
 Hardware to establish the redundant communication link (e.g. switches, fire wall) to
Shoaiba Dispatch Center interconnection
 Provision and configuration OPC Client at Shoaiba database/archive servers (only Shoaiba

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Quaiza B WTS)
 Configuration of new tags in existing OSIsoft PI interface servers and configure OPC
servers for data exchange
 Configuration of existing OSIsoft PI servers to provide new tags to the Dispatch Center
 modification, update or new installation to the existing facilities at Shoaiba Dispatch Center
or Riyadh Dispatch Center
The existing licenses, at least the OSIsoft PI licenses, shall be extended by 1000 tags.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to inform himself about the actual situation and to make all
necessary checks and investigations in order to verify the actual system status of the dispatch
center interface hardware and software at Shoaiba and at Shoaiba and Riyadh Dispatch Center.
Further the Contractor has to obtain and verify all information which is required to implement the
specified functionality and to perform all coordination works to implement the extension.
Coordination with SWCC IT department for interfacing/modification and SWCC Dispatch Centers
shall also be part of scope.
15.8 Uniformity of Equipment
To reduce maintenance effort and provide uniformity instrument and control system equipment
shall, as far as possible and under consideration of contract requirements, be of same make and
type as already installed at local stations.
15.9 Software Development and Integrated Factory Acceptance Test (IFAT)
The clarification of all software functions shall be supported by a virtual environment. This virtual
software environment shall cover all stations. Any verification/clarification of the individual
software functions as well as of the individual screens shall be based on the approval of the
relevant specifications as well as on the presentations of the control software implementation,
using this virtual environment. This presentations shall be part the engineering meetings or other
regular meetings.
An integrated FAT (IFAT) shall be performed to demonstrate that the implemented control and
communication system functionality including interfaces systems (e.g. Water Meter and Online
Monitoring System) is as per project requirements.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
16 COMMUNICATION
16.1 General
For the Shoaiba Quaiza B WTS various communication systems shall be installed, that ensures
and secures the reliable communication between all stations along the new pipeline system and
provision of process information across the pipeline borders.
Communication includes the following independent networks:
a) Process Networks
A fully redundant optical communication system, based on industrial Ethernet switches, and
routing functions shall be set-up for process data exchange of the pipeline system in a
redundant ring configuration.
Telephone and Office Networks
An optical communication system, based on industrial Ethernet switches, shall be set up for
pipeline system in a single ring configuration.
Security Networks
An optical communication system, based on industrial Ethernet switches, shall be set up for
the pipeline system in compliance with HCIS SEC requirements.
Network Management System
Monitoring and engineering system for all communication system components within the
independent networks, including data transfer monitoring to identify and/or to avoid cyber-
attacks.
New FOC shall be installed along the new pipeline to interconnect all stations of the new system,
including the relevant accessories and termination at optical distribution boards.
For detailed technical requirements reference is made to the following specifications:
“S07 Fibre Optic Cable for Pipelines”, doc.no. QC10-H-127
“S08 Fibre Optic Cable Conduit and FOC Installation”, doc.no.QC10-H-128
“S09 Communication System”, doc.no.QC10-H-129
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to inform himself about the actual situation on site and to
make all necessary checks and investigations in order to verify the actual as-built status and the
configuration of the communication system as well as the available space/system capacity for
extensions and interfaces. Further the Contractor has to obtain and verify all information which is
required to implement the specified functionality and to perform all coordination works for internal
and external interfaces with SWCC O&M, other contractors and responsible authorities.
During modification, extension or replacement works it is mandatory not to disturb the safe
operation of the existing pipelines. Necessary shut down period, if required, must be limited to the
absolute minimum and must be coordinated with SWCC O&M. If necessary, suitable temporary
provisions must be foreseen to allow continuation of operation.
Final set-up and configuration of communication network is subject to SWCC/Engineer approval.
If further network protocols are required to build a logical loop-free topology for different Ethernet
networks only non-proprietary routing protocols shall be applied. Ethernet networks. In light of this
a Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) or Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSPT) or Media
Redundancy Protocol (MRP) or equivalent shall be used. It is essential that the spanning tree for

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
each network or for each VLAN group and blocks are independent. Also the usage of MPLS (Multi
protocol Label Switching) or only MPLS-TP is acceptable. Shall routing between different
networks be required routing protocol like OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) shall be used.
The communication system security shall be improved following cyber security recommendations
and HCIS security directives listed in SEC-12 (latest version). Therefore networks shall be
established using dedicate IP address ranges, disable unused ports of network equipment and
secure for unauthorized access, allow administrative access at dedicated equipment only and log
all attempts of access and modifications.
A verification of the software integrity shall be also included (operation system, control software
packages, engineering tools, etc.), e.g. by using anti-virus software modules, whitelisting,
hardened operating systems or other methods.
16.2 FOC Network
Pipeline FOC link

One (1) FOC with 72 fibers shall be installed along the new laid pipeline. FOC shall be dedicated
to Process, Security, Telephone and Office networks.
The FOC shall be installed inside a protection twin-conduit which shall be laid at 2 or 10 o’clock
position within the pipeline trench.
In sabkha areas the FOC shall be installed inside a protection twin conduit which shall be laid as
shown in “Standard Pipe Section in Sabkhat”, doc. no. QP10-U-1460, along the pipeline. In
sabkha areas pits shall be avoided as far as possible.
The FOC network shall be terminated at each location at FODFs, which shall be either wall
mounted or standalone. All FODFs shall have LSH connectors only.
For interconnections within the stations (e.g. Shoiaba pumps station to WPCC) all required FOC
shall be supplied and installed in compliance with the technical requirements as defined in the
Specification S07 “Fiber Optic Cable for Pipelines”, doc. no. QC10-H-127. Cable laying within
stations shall be performed within cable cellars on cable trays, in cable ducts or within cable
conduits, depending on location.
All FOC, FOC related accessories and work required forming a proper communication FOC
network along the pipeline is part of the scope. This includes all hardware to terminate the
FOC(s), installation (e.g. wall mounted) and also the coordination works with the Station
Contractor.
The pipeline Contractor the shall provide the FOC for pipeline installation with a suitable additional
length to reach the related building within the related station. At the station boundary the FOC
shall be coiled and handed over to the station Contactor. The station Contractor shall install the
FOC within the station boundary up to the termination location. The laying within the station
boundary shall be performed under supervision of the pipeline Contractor. It is in the responsibility
of the pipeline Contractor to terminate the FOC at the FODF, test the FOC and document the
status in presence of the station Contractor. Installation location of FODF has to be coordinated
between the parties involved.
Substation FOC link
One (1) FOC with 24 fibres shall be installed between pump station and new electrical HV-
substation. The FOC shall be used for data exchange between substation and pump station and
shall support remote control from the pump station control room. All general requirements as
mentioned for the pipeline FOC link are also applicable for this FOC.
All FOC, FOC related accessories and work required forming a proper FOC network between

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
these stations is part of the scope.
16.3 Network Topology
The topology of the telecommunication system based on ring configuration of industrial Ethernet
switches along the water transmission system connecting the networks to the WPCC.
Reference is made to the relevant drawings:
“Process Network Block Diagram”, doc. no. QP20-T-1800
“Telephone and Office Network Block Diagram", doc. no. QP20-T-1804
The security network shall be designed and installed in accordance with HCIS SEC requirements.
16.4 Process Network
16.4.1 Main Backbone

Dedicated optical communication rings are foreseen for process data exchange of the new
stations. The Control Center and the station of the pipeline system shall be connected with
redundant process networks (A and B). At each station at least two industrial Ethernet switches
(one for transmission system A and another one for transmission system B) shall be installed to
enhance the availability of these stations. Redundant equipment shall be installed in redundant
cabinets (standalone or wall mounted, dependent on location of installation).
The communication system equipment shall normally be installed in the instrumentation room of
the Electrical Building at the respective station.
The minimum link capacity of Ethernet links over one FOC ring shall be 1 GBps.
Appropriate priorities and data rate limitations shall be possible.
The “Process Network Block Diagram”, doc. no. QP20-T-1800, can be used as basis for offering
and assumption of the quantities required; however Contractor shall provide its own process
network fulfilling the requirements of process data provision as mentioned in this specification.
16.4.2 Backup Link

The backup link shall be foreseen from the pipeline endpoint at TI-QA to Shoaiba pumping
station. It shall be established via existing SWCC FOC network (dedicate 2 cores of 24 fibre
FOC). It shall be used only in case of complete separation of the communication systems.
Routing function shall be foreseen, if necessary. The backup link shall provide sufficient data rate
to transmit the complete process data traffic between the stations without packet loss.
The status of backup link shall be made available to the control system operator at the Control
Center.
The backup link required for the proposed process network system solution is part of the scope. It
includes design and implementation of the backup link, all necessary material and works at
related stations.
16.5 Telephone and Office Network
A dedicated office and telephone network, based on a separate physical ring, shall be set up

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
providing service for telephone and office equipment.

The defined services shall share the telephone, hotline and office network which shall be
 based on dedicate fibers

 set up non-redundant
 based on different VLAN’s with a min. required bandwidth per service and shall have at
least 1 Gbps link capacity (Ethernet over FOC).
The telephone and office network, as mentioned above, shall be designed for the new pipeline
systems under consideration of integration into the existing Shoaiba systems.
The following block diagram shows an exemplary setup of the network:
“Telephone and Office Network Block Diagram”, doc. no. QP20-T-1804
16.5.1 Telephone System

The telephone system shall use a dedicated VLAN. Requirements on the telephone systems are
as follows:
 The new telephone system shall be interconnected and integrated into the existing PABX of
Shoaiba WPCC.
 The new telephone system shall be interfaced to the local public telephone system through
the existing PABX of Shoaiba WPCC.
 VoIP telephones shall be connected to the station UPS.
 In case power supply of VoIP telephones will be implemented with Power over Ethernet, the
applied Ethernet switches need to support this feature or additional power injectors are
required to be provided.
 For field installations analogue telephones are acceptable.
 Telephones installed outdoor shall be suitable to operate at harsh environmental conditions
(e.g. below ground).
Each station shall be equipped with at least one telephone. In addition the following minimum
number of telephones shall be foreseen:
a) Control Room:
1 per workstation
b) Control Room:
1 per workstation +1 per DAS workstation + 1 additional
c) Offices:
1 per working place
d) Meeting rooms, lounges:
1 per room
e) Instrumentation rooms, electrical switchgear and other rooms of subsystems:
1 per room
f) Booster and Main Pump House and VSD Building:
1 per entrance
g) Emergency Generator - Fire Fighting Building:
1 per room

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The telephone system and the relevant network components shall be designed such that
maximum half of the telephones in one room fail due to a single component’s failure. In addition it
shall be ensured also that in case of a single component failure and in rooms with only a single
telephone at least the neighboring room’s telephone is still working.
Standard features such as conference call, missed call list, call diversion, group call, calling party
identification, etc. shall be provided.
The telephones shall be integrated in the central management system located in Shoaiba WPCC.
Dial plan and call routing shall be integrated with existing Shoaiba dial plan. Alarms shall be
forwarded to the control system at the Control Center
All modification and/or upgrade works of the existing PABX of Shoaiba WPCC, shall also be part
of the scope of work.
16.5.2 Hotline System

A hotline telephone installed in PS-SH control room shall allow a direct connection to the existing
Shoaiba hotline system located in the Shoaiba WPCC.
The hotline telephone system shall be a part of the telephone system.
One (1) Red colored hotline VoIP telephone with audio-visual ringer and alphanumeric display
shall be installed at the pump station and one (1) at SQWTS-B PCC in WPCC. At WPCC it shall
be fully integrated in the Shoaiba hotline system.
Calls initiated from those phones shall have pre-emption rights to standard VoIP phones and
public telephone system gateways. All hotline phones shall have direct dial buttons preconfigured
with the numbers of all other hotline phones of the new system.
All modification and/or upgrade works of the existing hotline and telephone system shall be part of
the scope of work.
16.5.3 Office System

The Office system shall be implemented as part of the telephone and office network. No
redundancy or backup links shall be implemented.
Office Ethernet switches with at least 48 ports shall be provided at stations with offices. These
office Ethernet switches shall be connected to the station UPS as well.
In offices, meeting rooms, instrumentation room and control rooms Office network outlets shall be
provided beside each telephone outlet. This is also applicable for workshops (if any), safety and
security buildings.
Coordination with SWCC IT department for interfacing with SWCC Office WAN at Shoaiba shall
be part of scope.
16.6 Network Management System
All active components of the communication system shall be permanently monitored and
controlled via a network management system. The new components shall be integrated in the
existing network management system (NMS) located at Shoaiba WPCC. The NMS
communication shall be implemented at the new installations using dedicate VLANs with a
defined minimum bandwidth.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Alarms indicating equipment faults, loss of connectivity or unavailability of links (e.g. backup links)
shall be forwarded to the control system at WPCC.
The NMS shall also monitor the entire data traffic for online analysis and detect any unauthorized
data access or unusual data transfer within one of the networks. In case of identification of an
event an appropriate alarm shall be initiated at the control system.
16.7 Security System
16.7.1 Monitoring of Third Party Intervention

A fiber optic Distributed Acoustic Sensing (DAS) system shall be installed along the new pipeline
in order to detect any potentially harmful activities in the vicinity of the buried pipeline as early as
possible. This shall enable SWCC maintenance and/or security teams to stop these activities, if
necessary, before the pipeline and FOC can be damaged.
The DAS shall use spare fibers of the fiber optic cable which shall be installed along the new
pipeline for communication purposes (refer to section 16.3). The DAS manufacturer shall analyze
and approve the suitability of the FOC, the conduit and the foreseen cable installation position,
relative to the pipelines, proposed by Contractor as basis for SWCC/Engineer approval.
Although the pipelines are routed along and beneath major roads, the DAS shall be able to detect
and classify automatically any indication for construction activities in the vicinity of the pipelines
with a minimum amount of fail alarms up to a distance of at least 10 meters from the pipeline.
The DAS shall automatically evaluate the measured acoustic signals and create warnings and
alarms with indication and classification of the warning/alarm cause. These warnings/alarms shall
be forwarded as well to the control system HMI located atPS-SH and WPCC.
The DAS shall be integrated in the existing Shoaiba third party intervention system, if existing at
Shoaiba WPCC (e.g. Arafat Taif WTS), or a new third party intervention system shall be installed
at PS-SH with operator HMI installed at PS-SH control room. All hardware and software
components and accessories required for the integration or installation of a complete DAS system
and the adaptation/training/calibration of the DAS to the acoustic conditions along the new
pipeline route are part of the scope of work.
A new DAS shall be composed from fiber optic interrogators (which can be installed at stations
along the pipelines - as necessary), redundant servers (located at PS-SH) for signal processing
and storage of acoustic as well as warning/alarm signals (minimum period 3 month) and two DAS
workstations (each with two LCD monitors of 24’’, mouse, keyboard and comfort headset) located
at PS-SH control room for detailed analysis of sound signals and warnings/alarms.
As part of the system acceptance test for the pipeline at least 10 simulated construction activities
shall be arranged. As a minimum for 90% of the simulated activities warnings/alarms shall be
detected within 5 minutes. During a test period of minimum one week a maximum of 2 fail alarms
shall be generated per pipeline system.
In addition to third party interference detection shall the system be used for detection of pipeline
leaks and related leak locations. This functionality is also part of the scope.
16.7.2 Door Switches

The buildings, which are not permanently manned, shall be equipped with door and window
switches that shall be connected to the local station control system. Information –
open/closed/failure – shall be forwarded to the related control system.
To indicate intrusion an alarm shall be automatically generated in case a key switch, installed

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
inside the building, will not be used in a defined time frame from entering into the building.
16.8 Special Tools
At least the following tools and equipment are to be provided:

One (1) set of full feature Optical Time Domain Reflection-meter (OTDR) equipment, with
standard accessories and field carrying case.
One (1) sets of Optical Power Meter and Optical Source with needed interface cables,
standard accessories and carrying cases.
One (1) set of Automatic Fusion Splicing Machine, with accessories and field carrying case.
One (1) sets of Flashlight Continuity Tester for light source for checking continuity or tracing
fibers.
One (1) sets of fiber test and repair kits
Two (2) sets of splicing boxes with pigtail connection cables.
Five (5) sets of cable joint boxes used for underground installations.
One (1) sets of LAN testers
One (1) electronic test benches
One (1) 24-0-24 programmable power supplies desk mounted
One (1) 6 ½ digit desk mount digital multimeters
One (1) 20 MHz digital frequency oscillators (desk mount)
One (1) 2 channel digital oscilloscopes (desk mount)
One (1) RTD/milliampere/voltage sources digital (desk mount)
One (1) dead weight testers
One (1) function generators (digital desk mounted)
One (1) bench vice yorks 125 L
One (1) temperature baths
Two (2) HART communicators
One (1) set of standard gauges 0 – 250 bar
One (1) cable earth fault detectors
One (1) heavy duty vacuum cleaners
One (1) dimmenstats 0 – 300 V
One (1) sets of hot air blowers
One (1) sets of portable small (petrol) generators
Two (2) laptops for programming (latest configuration)
Two (2) sets of tools (e.g. screwdrivers, pliers, hammer)

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
17 CATHODIC PROTECTION
17.1 General
In addition to the good passive corrosion protection and coating of all buried metallic pipes and
structures, the new pipeline and the station piping shall have an active corrosion protection by
means of cathodic protection in line with the requirements defined in respective Specification
Cathodic Protection, and relevant technical data sheet.
Special care is required to avoid any negative influence from cathodic protection installations to
other existing pipes or foreign installations and vice versa. Also the possible high voltage
interference from overhead lines, power cables or other HV installations in the vicinity of the new
pipes and structures must be considered and limited.
The dedicated pipeline cathodic protection system (CPS) shall be separated from the Shoaiba
Quaiza Pump Station (PS-SH), Tie-In station Quaiza (TI-QA) and the Reservoir Station Jeddah
South East (RS-JE) by means of respective isolation couplings. Any further isolation couplings as
required are part of the scope independent if they are shown on the layouts/P&IDs or not.
Design and installation of CPS shall be performed by well experienced and approved companies
only. Detailed site survey and investigation of existing facilities is mandatory and part of the final
design.
If existing transformer/rectifier stations will be used, these stations shall be upgraded and refitted,
accordingly. This is especially valid for all pipeline sections where new pipelines will be routed in
parallel to existing steel pipelines with CPS. Detailed investigations are required and all provisions
to avoid negative influence between the existing and new installations are part of the Contract,
including the calculations, design, supply and installation of equipment.
17.2 Pipeline CPS
17.2.1 Pipelines
The individual pipes of the new pipeline system are welded together, the pipes are equipped with
factory applied 3-layer HDPE coating; the welding seam will be coated on site after welding. The
pipes are internally lined with cement mortar.
Cathodic protection of the steel pipeline will be achieved by an impressed current cathodic
protection system consisting of transformer/rectifier stations, anode groundbeds and test points
installed along the pipelines.
The number of transformer/rectifier stations, type and number of anodes and number of test
points depends on the final pipeline route, the soil resistivity survey, the number of crossings,
foreign installations, availability of low voltage power, crossings or parallel routed HV overhead
lines, etc.
Special care is required for the pipeline segments where the new pipelines will be laid in parallel
to existing pipelines. Design and construction of new CPS must consider existing installations and
respectively existing CPS. Any interference and/or negative impact or disturbance must be
avoided. Interactive bonding must be provided.
Before starting the works, the Contractor shall perform a complete survey and potential
measurement of all the existing CP installations. After implementation of the new systems the
measurements shall be repeated to prove the correct operation and protection of both, the new
and the existing CP systems.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
17.2.2 Crossings or parallel routing with other Pipelines

For crossings and parallel routing with existing water pipelines or other foreign pipelines (e.g. oil,
gas or water pipelines) the particular protection requirements and crossing conditions must be
observed and considered. The coordination with the owners of the pipelines to be crossed or
routed in parallel must be performed by pipeline Contractor. The necessary bond boxes, cable
connections, shunts, etc. must be supplied and installed.
17.3 Station CPS
All buried new steel pipes, all the other underground metallic structures and the reinforced
concrete foundations at the all stations (pump, tie-in and reservoir station) shall be protected by
the implementation of dedicated and suitably designed impressed current local cathodic
protection systems. The station CPS will operate independently and fully separated from the
pipeline CPS.
For the tie-in station Quaiza, the existing buried piping and metallic structures is protected by an
existing CP system. This system shall be extended for the new installations. Contractor shall be
responsible for complete coordination with SWCC in this regard and provide solution in CP design
considering all buried metallic structure in these station.
Details on the number, type and size of transformer/rectifiers, anodes and test points depends on
the final station layout. Any existing CP installations shall be considered and incorporated. The
Station Contractor shall work out the final design for layout of the local CPS, considering the
actual soil resistivity and all other effects influencing the good performance of the CPS.
Also for the station CP systems the requirement to avoid any negative impact to any existing
installations or vice versa is valid. All necessary survey works, measurements and the
implementation of bonding stations and any other equipment are part of the scope of work.
17.4 CPS for Steel Storage Tanks
For each above ground steel storage tank a separate cathodic protection system for the tank
bottom shall be provided. The impressed current system with rectifier and buried impressed
current anodes / anode grid shall be used. An isolating layer (e.g. HDPE foil) shall be installed
underneath the anodes, if MMO type grid anodes are installed, below the tank bottom.
In addition to the cathodic protection of the tank bottom, each steel storage tank shall have
separate internal cathodic protection with impressed current rectifier and anodes installed within
the tanks. Tank internal cables shall be installed in conduits.
17.5 CPS Monitoring
For the continuous effectiveness supervision of the CPS for the pipelines and the stations
including the tanks, the installation of a remote monitoring system is required.
At least the following parameters must be continuously measured at various locations, transmitted
to the control centre, recorded and alarmed in case values are not within a pre-defined limit:
Pipe to soil protection potential at the drain points
Pipe to soil protection potential at starting and endpoints of each pipeline and at intermediate
points with access to communication system.
Rectifier DC output potential and current

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Rectifier supervisory signals (supply voltage, alarm)
The remote controlled and synchronized on/off switching of the transformer/rectifier stations shall
be possible.
For data transmission to the control centre the CPS shall be directly connected to the station
related control system or forward the required data via the communication network (Ethernet
interface) to the CPS central control. Data interface is to be coordinated by the Contractor. If it is
not possible to provide reasonable access to a station control system at the location of the CPS
rectifiers and/or monitoring stations, the installation of wireless or cable hubs to the next possible
station equipped with a station control system shall be foreseen as part of the Contract.
17.6 Temporary CPS
The temporary cathodic protection shall be performed with sacrificial anodes of suitable size,
terminated on the test points.
For temporary CP of the pipeline sacrificial anodes are to be placed in distances of not more than
10 km.
Prior to commissioning of the permanent CP all temporary anodes must be disconnected.
The temporary CP is not necessary, if the pipes will be without permanent CP for less than
one (1) month. The Contractor shall work out a respective detail procedure to ensure, that no
segment of pipeline/station will be in the ground without any CP (temporary or permanent) for
more than the mentioned period of time.
17.7 Interference
Special measures are required to limit the admissible touch voltage for personnel safety and to
avoid AC corrosion along the new pipeline system, if any interference due to HV installations is
likely.
In addition all negative effects on the pipeline CPS due to HV interference and stray current
influence from/to existing CPS installations or foreign lines must be considered and the
appropriate counter measures must be designed, supplied and implemented.
Detailed measurements, investigations and calculations are necessary as part of the final design
to define the necessary provisions to be supplied and installed as part of the contract.
17.8 Installation and Commissioning
The installation and commissioning of CPS, including all necessary site survey and field
measurements must be performed in accordance with the requirements contained in the
respective Specification Cathodic Protection.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
18 MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION, EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
18.1 Responsibility of the Contractor
Within the scope of work for the construction of the Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission
System, the Station Contractor shall be responsible for setting up of an efficient maintenance
organization, considering already existing maintenance organizations, in order to fulfil the
following key requirements:
 to maintain all equipment up to the highest feasible standard of system reliability

 to minimize shut downs
 to keep maintenance costs within reasonable limits
The preconditions to reach the above objectives are as follows:
 sufficiently qualified personnel

 well designed (layout) and well equipped (equipment, tools) workshops and proper
transportation facilities
 clear and well defined policies and procedures for maintenance and store keeping
Based on the general descriptions in the Tender Documents the work concerning the upgrading
and extension of the maintenance organization shall include but shall not be limited to:
Elaboration of an organizational scheme for the operation & maintenance of the Shoaiba
Quaiza B Water Transmission System, under consideration of the already existing SWCC
O&M organization at Shoaiba WPCC.
Definition of policies and procedures for maintenance & operation
Preparation of qualification requirements and job descriptions for all personnel
Elaboration of a familiarization and training program for the maintenance personnel and
operating staff including a detailed time schedule
Preparation of detailed lists of equipment and tools
Elaboration of a program concerning the intervals and scope of preventive maintenance
measures and overhauls required for the equipment provided under the contract.
Submission of the documents mentioned in a) through f) above in form of a proposal, which
is subject to approval by the Engineer
Integrate the approved version of the maintenance organization proposal into the final
design of the buildings for workshops, spare part storage and garage
Elaboration of a maintenance manual based on the approved maintenance procedures and
list of tools.
Supply of all special tools following the approved proposal, familiarization of the personnel
and supply of all forms according to the approved procedure in sufficient numbers for a two
years operation period.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
18.2 Basic Information on the SWCC Organization
The maintenance organization will be split as follows:
 The staff located at the stations will be responsible for all daily routine maintenance
activities at their location of assignment.
 For special maintenance works, repairs and overhaul of equipment at the pump station and
the other stations, crews with equipment and tools will be sent from the maintenance center
already existing at Shoaiba.
The maintenance organization will be directed by the chief maintenance engineer, who reports to
the manager of the Water Transmission System.
18.3 Familiarization of SWCC Personnel
Based on the Contractor’s approved proposal SWCC will delegate the staff foreseen for
familiarization.
Following the approved familiarization program the Contractor shall organize and conduct
familiarization sessions for operation and maintenance, explaining in detail all the requirements
and procedures. Such sessions shall be held for personnel who will later on execute the work as
well as for the supervising staff.
The scope of work concerning the familiarization of the Employer’s personnel is described in
chapter 20 of this Project Specification G02.
18.4 Policies and Procedures
18.4.1 Maintenance Policies

In general the activities proposed by the Contractor shall comply to the existing practice of SWCC
at comparable installations. In addition, the Contractor shall define the maintenance policies
based on the objectives listed under 18.1. These policies shall cover such items as:
 Classification of maintenance activities and maintenance objects

 Planning of preventive maintenance defining the work to be performed and the
corresponding frequency of intervention
 Planning of shut-downs and overhauls
 Emergency procedures
 Accounting and budgeting for maintenance works
 Updating of as built records
 Reporting and ordering of spare parts
Based on the above requirements the Contractor shall prepare and submit maintenance
procedures for all equipment provided and all works performed within the Contract for the
construction of the Shoaiba Quaiza B Water Transmission System.
18.4.2 Spare Parts

The Contractor shall submit suitable policies for:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
 Classification of spare parts including code system for computer application (MESC Code)
 Level of spare part storing, considering the Supplier’s recommendations and the average
procurement time in Saudi Arabia
 Method of preservation and storage requirements
 Material control and recording system
Spare part interchangeability record sheets (SPIR forms) have to be provided by the Contractor
after completion of equipment design. These forms shall be filled for two (2) years wear and tear
parts and five (5) years spare parts. The SPIR forms to be used, including the filling in procedure,
are enclosed in the SWCC project procedure manual.
18.4.3 Asset Master Data Development for the Project Facilities

The contractor shall provide the Asset Master Data for all project facilities as described in the
Volume XIII – Additional Information (“Asset/Maintenance Master Data, Scope of Services,
Version 1.1, 29.12.2015”) which should be submitted in appropriate sheets. These upload sheets
must be approved by SWCC (CMMS team) before the commissioning stage.
18.5 Forms to be Supplied
A stock of bilingual forms resulting from the maintenance procedures mentioned above shall be
supplied by the Contractor and shall include but not be limited to the following:
Schedules for periodical maintenance work
Check lists for
 Pipeline and station equipment

 Mechanical and electrical function tests
 Cathodic protection
 Lining and coating control
 Instrumentation
 Communication
 Periodical tests for pressure vessels, air compressors, auxiliary systems, etc.
The number, content and layout of these forms shall be coordinated with the head of the SWCC
operation and maintenance organization.
18.6 Equipment and Special Tools
During the warranty period the Contractor shall replace all equipment items and special tools that
prove to be improper and do not meet the requirements for effective maintenance works.
Tools, equipment and other facilities/items provided under this Contract shall not be used in any
way for the purpose of construction.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
19 START-UP AND TESTS UPON COMPLETION
19.1 General
This Chapter describes in general terms the activities the Contractor has to perform with regard to
commissioning, start-up and completion tests. For the entire procedure, starting with the check-
out tests required for Mechanical Completion up to and including the Reliability Test, the
Contractor has to prepare and submit for approval detailed procedures and programs including,
but not limited to:
 Time schedule for the entire period and for the individual tests
 Detailed descriptions of test procedures and modalities
 Manpower details
 Lists and specifications of measuring and control devices intended to be used for the tests
 Method and calculation for evaluation of test results
 Definition of activities which will be performed by the Contractor himself and which are to be
carried out by the Subcontractors/Suppliers under the Contractor’s supervision
 List of the Contractor’s personnel authorized to perform and/or witness and certify the tests
 Sample forms for the documentation of test results
 Detailed testing instructions
The activities shall be covered by the following detailed specifications:
1) Pipeline Tests
2) Check-Out, and Tests for Mechanical Completion and Commissioning
3) Line Fill, Start-Up, and Tests on Completion
The documentation, test forms and procedures prepared by the Contractor must be in full
compliance with the SWCC Project Procedure Manual.
19.2 Check-out and Tests for Mechanical Completion and Commissioning
These activities have to be performed by the Contractor before issuing of the “Mechanical
Completion Notice” and shall be a precondition for issuing of the Mechanical Completion
Certificate by the Client.
The main purpose of the check-outs and the tests is to prove that the pipeline and its
components, subsystems, individual functional groups, and the equipment installed at the Project
are in compliance with the specifications, are complete and functionally operable.
The precondition for any test performed on site is the availability of the shop test certificate for
each individual component or subsystem, which therefore shall be held in evidence by the
Contractor and a copy of which shall form part of the test documentation.
The check-outs and the tests shall aim at having the components and subsystems in the condition
“ready for start-up”. Therefore the tests shall also include operational tests and trial runs of all
machinery and equipment. However, the performance of tests requiring electric medium voltage
power and/or product water to be provided by SWCC or others (i.e. running of booster and main
pumps) shall not be a precondition for issuing of the Mechanical Completion Certificate.
All the tests required for the pipeline such as initial sterilization, etc. shall form part of these
activities, but shall be described in a separate specification.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
19.3 Line fill, Start-up and Tests on Completion
19.3.1 Preconditions
The following activities must be performed and successfully completed prior to commencement of
line fill:
 Initial sterilization of pipeline as part of the hydrostatic testing

 Mechanical Completion Certificates available for the pipeline and the stations
 Energizing of power supply feeders
In addition the permanent CPS for the pipeline and stations must be completed and in operation.
19.3.2 Line Fill

Line fill shall mean the first filling of the pipeline segments with product water from the PS-SH tank
farm with the water being pumped by the system’s own booster and main pump units (no auxiliary
pumps).
The operation shall include flushing and sterilization of the mainlines as well as the piping of the
stations, which will for the first time be in contact with the product water, so that after line fill the
complete system will be filled with clean fresh product water and purged from air.
The sterilization of the pipelines shall be performed in compliance to the requirements and
guidelines detailed in the standard ANSI/AWWA C651-99.
19.3.3 Start-Up
Start-up shall mean that the operation of the Pipeline System is commenced under the same
conditions as prevailing during commercial operation.
19.3.4 Tests on Completion

The Tests on Completion consisting of the Performance Tests and the Reliability Test shall be
carried out as required in chapter 4.6 (Performance Guarantees) of this Specification. A detailed
procedure will have to be established by the Contractor in accordance with the Conditions of
Contract, taking into account the final design data and the equipment actually installed.
The detailed test program must be coordinated with SWCC and shall consider the availability of
electrical power and product water at pump station PS-SH.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
20 FAMILIARIZATION OF EMPLOYER’S O&M PERSONNEL
20.1 Responsibility and Objective
The Station Contractor is responsible for the familiarization of the Employer’s O&M personnel for
all disciplines. In addition the particular training requirements regarding operation and
maintenance of the SCADA System, which will be supplied under this Contract, are part of the
contract.
The objective of familiarization is to prepare the Employer’s O&M personnel to manage, operate
and maintain the System, which include among the other components especially the aspects of
instrumentation, control and communication works, as well as safety installations.
The familiarization shall be performed on the actual plant equipment and shall be organized and
structured in such a way, that due allowance is made for the phased assignment of O&M staff in
accordance with the hand-over program of the individual sections of the Works.
The Contractor shall also instruct, advice and supervise the SWCC personnel in the correct
application of procedures and practices of operation and maintaining of the system during the
entire warranty period.
The Contractor shall observe regularly the activities of the designated personnel, evaluate their
performance, give them technical advice and conduct special tutorial sessions, if deemed
necessary.
20.2 Familiarization Program
To accomplish this objective, the Contractor shall prepare a detailed familiarization program,
which shall consider the following:
The minimum familiarization period shall be three (3) months and shall be completed before
issuing the Preliminary Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
In preparing the familiarization plan the Contractor shall refer to the already established
SWCC O&M organization set up for other pipeline systems originating at Shoaiba.
The personnel shall be divided into the two groups, operation (including engineers) and
maintenance, which shall undergo a supervised, task- and performance oriented on-the-job
training.
Disciplines, number of SWCC staff and duration of training shall comprise of
 Factory training for (6) operators for (6) weeks on Central Control operation
 On-site training for (6) operators for (6) weeks on Central Control operation
 Overseas detailed system training for (5) engineers for (3) months
 Factory training for (6) maintenance personnel for (6) weeks
 On-site training for (6) maintenance personnel for (6) weeks
 Contractor shall bear all cost for travel, boarding and lodging of the trainees.
Final number of O&M personnel, to be assigned by SWCC for the familiarization, must be
considered.
The Contractor’s O&M Manuals shall be the basis for the familiarization, brief handouts in
Arabic and English according to each position shall be prepared.
The familiarization program, including the time schedule, the procedures and handouts are
subject to SWCC approval.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
20.3 Special Requirements for DCS/SCADA System
The familiarization program for the DCS/SCADA equipment and instrumentation shall be
performed on site and in the manufacturer’s premises and shall last at minimum three (3) months
(45 days on site and 45 days outside KSA).
The familiarization program shall include at least the following:
General:
Brief introduction of the pipeline system
System structure and modes of operation
Handling of command power and change over
Automatic and Manual mode
Documentation
Introduction – structure of the documentation
Operation Manual
Maintenance Manual
Drawings
For the Operation and Engineering group:

Introduction for all software packages
Graphics, control functions, changing of parameters of all software packages
Control of the pipeline system, the pipeline sections, the pump station, the reservoir and the
tie-in station
Operating systems, access control, accounts
Practices on the basis of all possible scenarios
Alarm handling, protocols, history handling,
Parameterization
Modification of functions and graphics
For the Maintenance group:

General recommendation (e.g. of the manufactures)
Periodic inspection (time periods, content)
Instruction for each instrument
Maintenance of DCS equipment
Maintenance of CC equipment

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
21 HIGH VOLTAGE SUBSTATION
21.1 General Scope of Work
In order to provide electrical power supply to Shoaiba Quaiza B pumping station, electric power
from 380 kV switchgear located at new 380 kV substation shall be transmitted on 380 kV high
voltage level to the new 110 kV substation. Two (2) power transformers, located in 110 kV
substation, will provide 110 kV to the new 110 kV switchgear.. The substation design and all
equipment shall be according to SEC material specifications and standards. The design shall be
prepared by a consultant approved by SWCC and the works shall be implemented by a (sub-)
contractor approved by SWCC.
The scope of work is mainly consisting of: one (1) 110 kV GIS, two (2) power transformers
380/110 kV, 210/280/350 MVA (ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 or OFAF) with 380 kV and 110 kV cables,
MV switchgear cubicles for auxiliary supply, AC/DC LV auxiliary supply, protection control SCADA
& telecommunication, civil and mechanical works as described in chapters below. Also, scope
includes all necessary SAS, protection, control, communication and SCADA systems.
Furthermore, scope includes all necessary modifications of the 380 kV feeders and related
existing control & protection (C&P) panels including adding new C & P panels if it appears as
necessary. All components and accessories required for the satisfactory operation of the facilities
of the Project, whether specifically mentioned in detail or not, shall be supplied and installed as
necessary.
In addition all civil, mechanical, control, instrumentation, communication, etc. works shall be
designed and implemented according to SEC standards.
21.2 Electrical Equipment and Facilities
21.2.1 General
Provision and installation of following electrical equipment and facilities as per
requirements/ratings indicated in chapters below for Shoiba Quaiza B HV-Substation.
High Voltage Installations
The supply of Pumping Station will be derived out of new 380 kV substation, located close to
location of new 110 kV Substation, realized by usage of existing spare feeders.
Contractor is responsible for design and installation of: any required upgrade and extension in
existing SEC 380 kV substation, and new 380/110 kV transformers.
The new substation will include a 110kV SF6 insulated switchgear. Switchgear shall be of double
bus-bar configuration, 3ph, 60Hz, 2500A and 40kA for 1sec.
Contractor shall also provide 380kV cables for connection between the existing 380kV Substation
and new power transformers 380/110kV.
Contractor shall also provide 110kV cables for connection between new 380/110kV power
transformers and new 110 kV GIS.
The principle configuration of the high voltage switchgear and power transformers in pump station
is shown on the following drawing:
QP20-T-1705 Shoaiba Quaiza B Pump Station, HV-Substation High Voltage Single Line
Diagram
High voltage installations and accessories shall be according to SEC material specifications and
standards

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Power Transformers
For power supply from existing substation 380 kV Shoaiba Quaiza HV-Substation will be
equipped with two (2) power transformers with the following main data:•
Primary voltage 380 kV
• Secondary voltage 110 kV
Tertiary voltage 13.8 kV
• Power 210/280/350 MVA per SEC
• Cooling method ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 or OFAF
• Short circuit voltage 21 % (related to 350 MVA)
Vector group YNautod1
The power transformers will be installed in 110 kV substation area.
Each power transformer 380/110kV shall be designed for the total load of Shoaiba Quaiza HV-
Substation and loads of future pump stations and RO (preliminary evaluation about 350 MVA).
Each power transformer shall have on-load tap changer (OLTC) at the primary voltage and
voltage regulation as per SEC standards. Power transformers and accessories shall be in
accordance with SEC Technical Specifications and standards.
These power transformer will be installed in outdoor boxes with oil catch basin and fire protection
wall.
Substation Medium Voltage Switchgear Cubicles

Substation will be equipped with two (2) 13.8 kV medium voltage switchgear cubicles, located in
the MV Switchgear Room of the Substation Building. The circuit breakers feed the station auxiliary
transformers.
The general layout is shown on the following drawing:
QP20-T-1705 Shoaiba Quaiza B Pump Station, HV-Substation, High Voltage Single Line
Diagram
Medium voltage switchgear for substation shall be according to SEC material specifications and
standards.
Distribution Transformers
Substation shall be equipped with two (2) distribution transformers where one (1) is designed for
the full station load.
The distribution transformers will be installed in outdoor transformer boxes with oil catch basin
and fire protection walls.
Distribution transformers for substation shall be according to SEC material specifications and
standards.
Low Voltage Switchboards

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
The power supply for the low voltage station consumers at the substation shall be derived out of
Main Distribution Board which consists of two (2) bus bar sections with two (2) feeder breakers
and one (1) bus-tie breaker with automatic change over. The MDB shall be placed in the LV and
UPS Room of the respective Substation Building.
The principle configuration of the low voltage switchboards at the pump station is shown on the
following drawings:
QP20-T-1707 Shoaiba Quaiza B Pump Station, HV-Substation, Low Voltage Single Line
Diagram
Low voltage switchboards for substation shall be according to SEC material specifications and
standards.
DC UPS Equipment
For a continuous and uninterrupted power supply of substation equipment dedicated redundant
uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with battery back-up and 125V DC output power supply and
distribution board is required. An additional UPS with 48V DC shall be installed for
telecommunication systems.
The UPS will be installed in the LV and UPS Room of the Substation Building, for the batteries a
separate Battery Room is foreseen.
The principle schematic diagram of substation UPS is shown on the Shoaiba Quaiza B Pump
Station HV-Substation, Typical Single Line Diagram DC UPS, Dwg. No QP20-T-1708.
All DC and UPS equipment within the pump station shall be designed for total station load.
UPS for substation shall be according to SEC material specifications and standards.
Cabling
The connection of the entire electrical equipment with the power supply source is generally done
by cables laid in sand backfilled concrete ducts, the cable cellars, raised floors or walkable cable
ducts on trays, in cable conduits and for auxiliary cable routes also in direct buried trenches.
The same applies in general to the entire instrumentation and control equipment.
Cabling for substation shall be according to SEC material specifications and standards.
Earthing and Lightning Protection

Substation earthing and lightning protection shall be according to SEC material specifications and
standards.
Lighting and small power

Substation lighting and small power shall be according to SEC material specifications and
standards.
21.2.2 110kV Gas Insulated Switchgear:

110kV single phase enclosure type or three phase enclosure type, 2500 A continuous at 40degC

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
ambient indoor, 40 kA (sym. 1 sec) short circuit and 104kA peak withstand current rated. GIS
consisting of the following major equipment arranged in a double bus single breaker configuration
as indicated in SLD drawing QP20-T-1705. The 110 kV GIS shall be designed to have provision
for installing four (4) additional new bays (2 at each end) if required in future, apart from the
required items:-
a) Totally two (2) nos., 2500 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (sym. 1 sec) interrupting
current capability, 104 kA Rated Peak Making current, three phase circuit breakers for two
(2) nos. incoming feeders.
b) Totally two (2) nos., 2500 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (sym. 1 sec) interrupting
current capability, 104 kA Rated Peak Making current, three phase circuit breaker, for two (2)
nos. Bus coupler.
c) Totally two (2) no., 2500 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (sym. 1 sec) interrupting
current capability, 104 kA Rated Peak Making current, three phase circuit breaker, for two (2)
nos. Bus sectionalizer.
d) Totally four (4) nos., 1600 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (sym. 1 sec) interrupting
current capability, 104 kA Rated Peak Making current, three phase circuit breakers, for four
(4) nos transformer feeders.
e) Totally six (6) nos., 2500 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit
current rated, 104 kA Peak Withstand current, three-phase motor operated disconnecting
switches for incoming feeders.
f) Totally four (4) nos., 2500 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit
switches for two (2) Bus couplers.
g) Totally four (4) nos., 2500 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit
switches for two (2) Bus sectionalizer.
h) Totally twelve (12) nos., 1600 A continuous at 40'C ambient, 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit
current rated, 104 kA Rated Peak Withstand current, three-phase motor operated
disconnecting switches for twelve (4) nos. Transformer feeders.
i) Totally eight (8) nos., 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit current rated, 104 kA Rated Peak
Withstand current, three-phase motorized grounding switches for two (2) nos. incoming
feeders
j) Totally four (4) nos., 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit current rated, 104 kA Rated Peak
Withstand current, three-phase motorized grounding switches for two (2) Bus coupler.
k) Totally four (4) nos., 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit current rated, 104 kA Rated Peak
Withstand current, three-phase motorized grounding switches for two (2)Bus sectionalizer.
l) Totally sixteen (16) nos., 40 kA (Sym 1 sec) short circuit current rated, 104 kA Rated Peak
Withstand current, three-phase motorized grounding switches for four (4) nos. transformer
feeders
m) Lot: three phase Voltage Transformers 110/√3kV / 110/√3V x 110/√3V, dual class 0.2/3P,
burden 100VA (minimum) for each winding, with manual disconnecting switches as per one
line diagram QP20-T-1705. However, VT with higher burden shall be provided if required
based on the design calculation.
Note: All GIS electromagnetic voltage transformers shall have primary disconnecting link or
device that must be of proven design, operating manually with monitoring system at Bay
Control Panels (BCPs)/ Local Control Cubicle (LCC) and remote control room.
n) Lot: Current transformers (protection cores) as per SEC protection requirements and (CT
metering cores) as SEC requirements for metering.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
o) Lot: Required 2500 A continuous at 40degC ambient, 40 kA (sym1sec.) short circuit current
rated, 110 kV SF6 (GIS) / interface bushings suitable for connection of SF6 bus ducts
connecting switchgear’s transformer feeders to power transformers as per QP20-T-1705
drawing.
p) Lot: Required 2500 A continuous at 40degC ambient, 40 kA (sym1sec.) short circuit current
rated, 110 kV SF6 (GIS) / XLPE interface bushings suitable for connection of cable
connecting switchgear’s incomer feeders to power transformers as per QP20-T-1705
drawing.
q) Lot: Station class GIS Surge Arresters as per the drawing QP20-T-1705. Contractor shall
provide more GIS type surge arresters as deemed necessary by respective study.
r) Lot: SF6 gas density and pressure monitoring equipment, which shall include but not
necessarily be limited to one filling/vacuum port, one graduated gas monitoring gauge,
density switch/switches for gas pressure low I & II & blocking of operations & if available,
high density alarm, etc.
s) Lot: Local Control Cubicles (LCCs)/Bay Control Panels (BCPs), one (1) set for each CB.
Each LCC/BCP should be provided with BCU for Local control (of CB, and all disconnectors,
and grounding switches), integrated with SAS (Substation Automation System). Each
LCC/BCP should be provided with Mimic Board for Emergency control (of CB, and all
disconnectors, and grounding switches), complete with bus diagram, auxiliary relays,
devices, moulded case circuit breakers, contactors, control switches, semaphore indicators, .
etc. Each LCC/BCP should also be provided with Annunciator and nameplate.
Both BCU and Mimic Board shall be interfaced to operate when the SAS/BCU fails. Four
position Local/Off/Emergency/Remote (LOER) selector switches shall be provided.
t) Lot: On-Line Partial discharge monitoring system shall be provided for the whole 110 kV
installations such as GIS, GIB, etc, shall be designed by mounting couplers at appropriate
location to facilitate PD monitoring from a central unit. On-Line Partial discharge monitoring
system shall be provided for the 110 kV GIS as per SEC specification. The contractor shall
include in base design & detail design. It must be integrated with SAS and feasible to
monitor/annunciate to HMI / Remote control centres.
u) Permanent ladders and platforms shall be provided across the breakers and removable
ladder with platform for outdoor GIB for the easy access to the GIS bus ducts for the
maintenance and repair works. The GIS bus ducts shall be provided with compression joints
for easy repairing and minimum dismantling of sections.
Notes:
i. The 110 kV GIS shall be in accordance to SEC material specifications and engineering
standards.
ii. The sizes of the 110 kV GIS and control buildings shall be adequate to accommodate
the present requirements and future expansions. The power transformers and the major
outdoor equipment shall be suitably arranged to have provision for installation of 110 kV
feeder positions in future.
iii. SVL shall be provided according to SEC specifications.
iv. Trays/ladders for 110 kV outgoing feeders shall be done by contractor.
21.2.3 13.8kV Switchgear

Two (2) 13.8kV indoor metalclad switchgears with incomers and SF6 circuit breakers / vacuum
circuit breakers as per SLD drawing QP20-T-1705, as detailed below but not limited:
Totally two (2) nos. incomers, 630 A continuous at 40degC ambient, suitable for terminating
incoming transformer feeders.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Totally two (2) nos. draw-out type, 630 A continuous at 40degC ambient, 40 kA interrupting
capability, 3 pole, circuit breaker, SF6 / Vacuum breaker suitable for terminating transformer
feeders.
Lot: Grounding of 13.8 kV voltage level and accessories as per QP20-T-1705 drawing.
Lot: Protection and Metering cubicle with three phase VTs for station service transformers.
Voltage ratio of VTs shall be 13.8kV/√3V - 100Vx100/√3V - 100Vx100/√3V , dual class
0.2/3P.
Lot: 13.8 kV Current Transformers (protection cores) as per relaying SEC requirements.
Metering cores as per SEC requirements for metering. Each 13.8 kV feeder switchgear panel
shall be provided with dedicated spare CT core of 0.2 accuracy class for AMI / revenue
metering.
Lot: Control & protection relays, feeders, metering devices and other switchgear accessories
as per relaying and metering SEC requirements, complete with all devices, accessories,
wiring and other control, indication, alarm and protection needs.
Notes:
i. The 13.8 kV Switchgear shall be in accordance to SEC material specifications and
engineering standards.
ii. The 13.8 kV Switchgear shall be controlled through SAS normally. Manual controls shall
also be possible with selector switch provided in the switch gear. All 13.8kV support
Insulators (if applicable) shall be interchangeable.
21.2.4 Power Transformers

Two (2) nos 210/280/350 MVA, ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 or OFAF, YNad1, 380/110 kV, 3-phase,
60 Hz, Z(P-S)=21% (350 MVA base), oil immersed power transformers complete with 21 OLTC
taps, +10/-15% , steps 1.25%, 380 & 110 kV bushings applicable for related cable connections.
The transformers shall be equipped with online Dissolved Gas Analyzer (DGA) unit as per SEC
specification. All equipment required to enable accessing DGA monitors from a remote location,
including a master station at the remote location shall be provided and connected. The online
DGA monitor shall be integrated with SAS.
The transformers shall be equipped with online Direct Temperature Monitoring System using fibre
optical temperature sensors, to monitor the Transformer Windings Hot Spot temperature; it shall
be in accordance to SEC specification. The Hot spot temperature monitoring system shall be
provided and installed inside the Control Room. All equipment required to enable accessing this
monitoring system, from a remote location, including a master station at the remote location shall
be provided and connected. The online Transformer Windings Hot Spot Temperature Monitoring
System shall be integrated with SAS.
Notes:
Power transformers shall be in accordance to SEC material specifications and
engineering standards.
Necessary neutral grounding cables shall be provided.
The transformers shall be designed based on 55°C ambient temperature.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
21.2.5 Distribution Transformers

Two (2) nos., 500 kVA (min.), 13.8kV/400-230V, Dyn11, Z(P-S)= 6% ONAN distribution
transformers, No. of steps 4 (5 position) with step voltage 2.5% and tapping range +/- 5% with
necessary bushing CTs, all appurtenances and accessories shall be provided. The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish calculations for sizing of the station service transformer for
review/approval. The transformers shall be designed based on 55°C ambient temperature.
Distribution transformers shall be in accordance to SEC material specifications and engineering
standards.
21.2.6 Surge Arresters

120 kV Surge Arresters
Lot: 120 kV Station Class, for outgoing GIS type Surge Arresters (class SM) Complete with all
clamps, as per drawing QP20-T-1705, based on insulation coordination study.
Surge Arrestors shall be in accordance to SEC material specifications and engineering standards.
21.2.7 Power Cabling & Terminations

Lot: Single run, Single Core, Copper, XLPE cables between existing 380 kV Switchgear and
new power transformers 380/110 kV.
Lot: Multi run, Single Core, Copper, XLPE cables between new 110 kV GIS and new power
transformers 380/110 kV.
Lot: Multi run, Single core, Copper, XLPE cables between the LV side of distribution
transformers and 0.4kV switchgears
Lot: Single run, Single core, Copper, XLPE cables between the power transformer tertiary
windings and 13.8kV switchgears.
Lot: Single run, Single core, Copper, XLPE cables between the 13.8kV switchgears and
distribution transformers.
Lot: Heat shrinkable 13.8kV single core XLPE cable terminations as required
Note: Number and size of power cables is subject to final design.
21.2.8 AC Auxiliary Power Supply

400V, 3ph and 230V 1ph AC power supply system conforming to SEC requirements with auto
transfer scheme system, AC main distribution boards, sub-distribution panel boards complete with
breakers, wires/cables, conduits, trays, etc. The AC main and sub distribution boards shall be
sized for ultimate configuration of the substation and shall have minimum 20% spare feeder
excluding the feeders reserved for future use. AC power distribution panel with one (1) 125 A
incomer and minimum six (6) MCCBs (minimum 40 A rating) shall be installed in the
communication room.
Contractor shall provide 400 V, 3ph, 4wire, outdoor type Power supply outlet with MCCB at the
gas filling ports of outdoor GIBs connected to the various equipment. Capacity of power plug shall

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
be suitable for connecting the gas filter plant.

Notes:
i. LVAC Auto transfer scheme shall be integrated with SAS for monitoring the status.
ii. All 400V support Insulators (if applicable) shall be interchangeable.
iii. The AC auxiliary system shall be designed for the ultimate configuration of the substation
taking into consideration the optional work and future as well.
21.2.9 DC Auxiliary Power Supply (125V DC, 48V DC)

DC auxiliary power system shall be as per SEC requirements with two (2) nos. 100% rated battery
banks, two (2) nos. 100% rated battery chargers. Battery monitoring panel, main DC distribution
board, sub-distribution panel boards complete with breakers, wires/cables, conduits, trays, etc.
The DC main and sub distribution boards shall be sized for ultimate configuration of the substation
and shall have minimum 20% spare feeders excluding the feeders reserved for future use.
The DC distribution panel front shall be provided with a LED to indicate breaker trip condition.
Each circuit breaker installed shall be equipped with integrated auxiliary dry contacts to extend
alarm signals from DC circuit breaker trips to external supervisory equipment. All auxiliary
contacts shall be connected and terminated to a common terminal block installed inside the DC
panel. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the fiber optics equipment manufacturer regarding
the power requirement of fiber optics terminal equipment in order to size the circuit breaker and
the cables as required for this PROJECT.
Contractor shall provide 1 No. 125V DC socket in the Switchgear room. LV Breakers shall be as
per SEC requirements. Metering functions and alarms of DC auxiliary power system shall be
integrated with SAS.
If required, a 48V DC system with same specification shall be installed for communication
equipment.
Substation typical single line diagram for 125V DC (48 V DC) Uninterruptible Power Supply
System has been shown on dwg. No.: QP20-T-1708.
21.2.10 Low Voltage Power and Control and Instrumentation (Shielded) and Communication
Interface Cables
Multi-core and/or multi-pair control cables and low voltage AC/DC and shielded instrumentation
and communication interface cables, as necessary to interconnect various substation equipment
and devices to achieve a complete working system for this project, it shall be in accordance with
SEC requirements complete with conduits, ducts, trays etc.
21.2.11 Lighting System and Small Power Requirements

Indoor & outdoor lighting including security fence lighting as per HCIS requirements, area lighting
as per HCIS requirements, emergency lighting system, fixtures, supports, switches, light control
devices, receptacles, conduits, trays, and wiring required to complete the lighting system
installation in accordance with SEC Engineering Standards.
21.2.12 Grounding System

Grounding system with grounding conductors, ground rods and other associated accessories

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
complete shall be in accordance with SEC Engineering Standards.
21.2.13 Shielding System

Shielding system with shield wires, lightning masts and associated accessories shall be in
accordance with SEC Engineering Standards.
21.2.14 RTV Coating

Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Silicon Rubber coating as per SEC Material Standard
Specification shall be applied on all outdoor Porcelain Bushing and Insulators.
21.2.15 SEC Material Standard Specifications and SEC Engineering Standards

The design, manufacturing, construction, installation, test and commissioning of high voltage
substation shall be in accordance with the following SEC standards, specifications and
engineering standards, as a minimum requirement. The latest revision of the publication referred
to shall apply.
SEC Standard Specifications

01-TMSS-01 - General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials
10-TMSS-05 - Bare, Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod
11-TMSS-04 - 11kV, 13.8kV, 33kV & 34.5kV Medium Voltage Power Cable
11-TMSS-10 - Power and/or Control Cables, Cu. or Al. Conductor, 600/1000V Rating
11-TMSS-11 - Instrument cables, shielded
11-TMSS-12 - Coaxial Bonding and Earthing Cables for Link Boxes
12-TMSS-03 - Obstruction markers and warning light
12-TMSS-04 - Splice and terminations for MV power cables
12-TMSS-10 - Splice and Termination Kits for Power Cables, Rated 69kV, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV,
230kV or 380kV
12-TMSS-11 - Link Boxes for Power Cables
15-TMSS-07 - RTV Silicon Rubber Insulator Coating
23-TMSS-01 - PVC Conduits and Fittings for Underground cables
23-TMSS-02 - Duct Sealing Unit
23-TMSS-04 - Cable clamps for power cables
24-TMSS-01 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems
31-TMSS-01 - Relay and Control Panels
31-TMSS-02 - Auxiliary AC/DC Panels
31-TMSS-06 - Terminal Blocks

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
32-TMSS-01 - Metal-Enclosed Switchgear, 11kV through 34.5kV (13.8kV)

32-TMSS-02 - SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear, 69kV through 380kV (380 & 132kV)
32-TMSS-03 - Metal Clad Gas Insulated Medium Switchgear (11kV, 13.8kV, 33kV
32-TMSS-05 - Rigid Gas-Insulated Transmission Lines (GIL) for Rated Voltage 110kV and above
35-TMSS-01 - Surge Arresters, 11kV through 380kV Nominal
37-TMSS-03 - LV Circuit Breaker
38-TMSS-03 - Remote Terminal Unit
38-TMSS-04 - Sequence of Events Recorder System
38-TMSS-05 - Annunciator Systems
38-TMSS-06 - Dynamic System monitor
38-TMSS-07 - On-line Partial discharge monitoring system (132 & 380kV)
40-TMSS-02 - Metering Devices
40-TMSS-03 - Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)
41-TMSS-01 - Protective relays
41-TMSS-02 - Digital Fault Recorder
46-TMSS-01 - Vented Type, Lead-Acid Stationary Battery Bank
46-TMSS-02 - Battery Charger
46-TMSS-05 - 48V Communication Battery Charger
47-TMSS-03 - Industrial Computer for Substation Automation System
48-TMSS-02 - Non metallic fiber optic cables
48-TMSS-06 - Medium Density Fiber Optic System
48-TMSS-07 - Active & Passive Shelters for Telecommunication Facilities
48-TMSS-08 - Dense Wavelength Division-Multiplexing (DWDM) Equipment
48-TMSS-09 - Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)
48-TMSS-10 - Ethernet Switch
48-TMSS-11 - Communication Services Router
50-TMSS-01 - Current Transformer, 11kV through 380kV
50-TMSS-02 - Capacitor Voltage Transformer (CVT), 110kV through 380kV
50-TMSS-03 - Potential Transformer, 33kV through 380kV
51-TMSS-01 - Pad Mounted Station Service Transformer, Up to 2.5 MVA
52-TMSS-01 - Grounding Transformer 13.8kV, 33kV or 34.5kV
53-TMSS-01 - Power Transformers Rated Above 2.5 MVA
53-TMSS-03 - Online Gas Analyzer
54-TMSS-01 - Uninhibited Insulating Mineral Oil.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
54-TMSS-02 - Inhibited Insulating Mineral Oil.

57-TMSS-01 - Neutral Grounding Resistor, 11kV through 34.5kV
78-TMSS-06 - Paints: Aluminum and Steel
78-TMSS-08 - Miscellaneous Materials for Paints and Repairs
78-TMSS-13 - Corrosion Protective Paint for Hot Dip Galvanized Steel Structures
83-TMSS-01 - Submersible Sump Pumps
90-TMSS-08 - Emergency Shower and Eye (and Face) Wash Equipment
SEC Engineering Standards

TES-H-107.01 - Painting Standards
TES-H-107.02 - Paint Color Codes and Standards
TES-P-103.01 - Introduction to Batteries and UPS Standards
TES-P-103.02 - Storage Battery Selection and Capacity Determination
TES-P-103.03 - Battery Charger Sizing
TES-P-103.04 - Storage Battery Installation
TES-P-103.05 - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Systems
TES-P-103.06 - Communication DC Power Systems
TES-P-104.01 - General Engineering Requirements for U/G Cables
TES-P-104.02 - Power Cable Construction
TES-P-104.03 - Sizing and selection
TES-P-104.05 - Cable Installations, Engineering Requirements
TES-P-107.01 - Substation Automation System
TES-P-107.02 - Supervisory control and data acquisition system for transmission Substations with
substation automation system (SAS)
TES-P-107.04 - Substation automation system human machine interface general view
TES-P-107.05 - Cyber Security System Requirements for Substation Automation System
TES-P-108.02 - Overhead Line Protection System 110kV through 380kV
TES-P-108.04 - Teleprotection System
TES-P-108.09 - Transformer Protection System
TES-P-108.10 - Bus Bar and Circuit Breaker Failure Protection System
TES-P-108.11 - 11kV and 13.8kV feeder Protection System
TES-P-108.13 - Bus Section and Bus Coupler Protection System
TES-P-108.20 - SAS Events List for Transmission Substations with Substation Automation
System (SAS)

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
TES-P-119.01 - Introduction to Substation Design Standards

TES-P-119.02 - Basic Design Aspects
TES-P-119.05 - Insulation Coordination
TES-P-119.06 - Surge Protection
TES-P-119.07 - Shielding
TES-P-119.08 - Clearances
TES-P-119.09 - Bus bar and Supporting Structures
TES-P-119.10 - Substation Grounding
TES-P-119.11 - Substation Insulators
TES-P-119.12 - Application Criteria for Electrical Equipment
TES-P-119.20 - LV Cable Raceways and Cable installation practices
TES-P-119.25 - Lighting & Receptacles for Substation Yard & Building
TES-P-119.26 - Control Schemes for Substation Equipment
TES-P-119.27 - Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
TES-P-119.28 - Protection and metering instrument transformers CT & PT sizing Calculation.
TES-P-119.29 - LV Cable Selection and Sizing (600V & Below)
TES-P-119.30 - Auxiliary Power Systems (AC/DC)
TES-P-119.31 - Metering
TES-P-119.33 - Substation Electrical Diagrams
TES-P-119.34 - Application of system grounding
TES-P-119.35 - Station Auxiliary Transformer Sizing
TES-P-119.36 - Power Transformer Vector Group Matching
TES-P-119.37 - Short circuit Calculation for substation Equipment
TES-P-119.38 - Transformer Regulation and On Load Tap Changer Selection
TES-P-119.39 - Transformer Overloading and life span
TES-P-119.40 - Transformer X/R ratio calculation
TES-P-119.41 - Non-linear Resistor Application in GIS
TES-P-122.01 - Basic Design Requirements for Overhead Transmission Line
TES-P-122.03 - Conductors and Overhead Ground Wires
TES-P-122.09 - Clearances and ROW Requirements
TES-S-101.01 - to - TES-S-101.31 - Safety and Security Standards
TES-S-102.01 - Cyber Security System Requirements
TES-T-111.02 - Communication Facility Grounding
TES-T-111.03 - Communication Facility Lighting and Electrical Protection

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
TES-T-111.05 - General and VF Level Circuit Performance

TES-T-111.06 - Fire Optic and PCM Circuit Performance
TES-T-111.07 - PLC/SSB Circuit Performance
TES-T-111.08 - ACC/FDM Circuit Performance
TES-T-111.10 - Communication Feeder Cables
TES-T-111.17 - Fire Protection of Communication Facilities
21.3 SAS / Control and Protective Relaying Requirements
The substation will be controlled by SWCC operating personal, either from local or from remote
SWCC control room. Therefore, SAS shall not be integrated in the overall SCADA-system of SEC.
The following specifications have to be seen in the light, that SAS in principle shall be designed as
per SEC requirements, but not be integrated in the overall SEC system. All modifications to SEC
standard system necessary to meet this requirement are within the scope of Contractor.
The Contractor shall design, procure (from an approved equipment manufacturer), deliver to the
site, install, inspect, test (at the manufacturer’s works and at site) and commission a complete and
fully operational Substation Automation System (SAS) at HV-Substation. The offered SAS shall
comply with the latest SEC requirements. The SAS shall be from a manufacturer/systems
integrator who must have designed, manufactured, tested, installed and commissioned Substation
Automation System(s) which must be in satisfactory operation on 110 kV electric power systems
(or higher primary voltage) for at least 2 (two) years as of the bid opening date.
Contractor should be responsible for all items pertaining to SAS for the substations. Moreover, the
contractor is responsible for SAS integration of all voltage levels protection/ communication/
control IEDs of the main substation.
At the site, SAS supplier/Contractor shall interact with the other Contractors regarding the
required interfaces. These interfaces may include the interaction of the SAS with
the switchgear and other hardware (VTs, CTs, etc.),
the control functions of the substation,
the protection functions of the substation,
other SAS monitoring functions which may include SCADA related data acquisition functions
conventionally performed by a SCADA RTU, SOE (Sequence of Events) monitoring functions
as well as other functions,
The control and protection functions of transformer feeders in existing 380 kV Switchgear
dedicated for new 380/110 kV power transformers. All necessary upgrade and modification
jobs including material are scope of work the Contractor.
21.3.1 Control System

The Contractor shall provide a complete modern advanced SAS for the 110 kV and 13.8 kV
systems as given below, conforming to the SEC requirements. The system shall be designed to
be integrated with 110 kV equipment in future. Panels for the same shall conform to SEC material
specifications and engineering standards as applicable. SAS monitoring, control and protection
system shall be IEC 61850 standard based.
The following control levels shall be provided for the 110 kV and 13.8 kV substation equipment:

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
Local controls at bay levels from Bay Control Unit (BCU) and Local Control Cubicle (LCC)
and station control facilities with all required items.
Supervisory control from SCADA (Power Control Center) – if required by SEC.
Remote control from station HMI and Power Control Center.
The Contractor shall provide an integral control system along with the 13.8 kV switchgear in
accordance with SEC material standards. Normally 13.8 kV switchgear shall be controlled
through SAS. Manual control shall also be possible with the selector switch provided in the
switchgear.
The SAS shall be installed to control and monitor all the substation equipment connected to the
SAS from a remote control center of SWCC as well, through local means within the substation
(e.g. Bay Oriented Local Control with Mimic, Local HMI contained in the Control IED and Station
HMI).
The SAS shall comprise full station and bay protection as well as control, monitoring and
communication functions and provide all functions required for the safe and reliable operation of
the substation.
It shall enable local station control via a PC by means of a HMI and control software package,
which shall contain an extensive range of Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
functions. It shall include communication gateways, station bus, inter-bay bus, time
synchronization system and Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) for bay control & protection
21.3.2 Auto Voltage Regulator (AVR)

The Auto Voltage Regulating Scheme shall be as per SEC requirement. This shall be integrated
to SAS.
21.3.3 Protective Relaying

The Contractor shall provide the protection as per SEC requirements:
The protection system shall be integrated into the SAS. Required IEDs shall be provided for
various relay functions, integrated with SAS.
Detail coordination with SEC is part of contract.
21.3.4 Control System

The control, metering and monitoring schemes of the 380 kV Cable Feeders to 110 kV Substation
shall be as per SEC requirements.
21.3.5 Electrical System Interlocking

The Contractor shall provide and install all applicable electrical equipment interlocking in
accordance with SEC requirement. The SAS required interlocking functions, utilizing hard wired
interlocks in series with software interlocks shall be provided.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
21.3.6 Metering Requirements

The metering at 110/13.8 kV S/S shall meet the SEC requirements. The meters of the 110 kV and
13.8 kV feeders to station distribution transformers shall be provided on each of the respective
control panels and HMI as applicable.
Detail coordination with SEC is part of contract.
21.3.7 Communication via FOC

Contractor shall provide, a respective communication system consisting of Fiber Optic Cables and
related accessories. FOC shall be provided as a link between respective panels in Telecom
Rooms of new 380 kV and new 110 kV substation. All communication shall be realised in line with
SEC specifications. A further FOC shall be provided as a link between respective panels in
Telecom Rooms of the new 110 kV substation and the pump station, as described in chapter 15.
Communication from Telecom Room to other panels within the substation can be conducted via
Ethernet cables.
21.3.8 SEC Material Standard Specifications and SEC Engineering Standards

The design, manufacturing, construction, installation, test and commissioning of high voltage
substation shall be in accordance with the following SEC standards specifications and
engineering standards, at least. The latest revision of the publication referred to shall apply.
SEC Standard Specifications

01-TMSS-01 - General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials
10-TMSS-04 - Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW)
31-TMSS-01 - Relay and Control Panels
38-TMSS-03 - Remote Terminal Unit
38-TMSS-04 - Sequence of Events Recorder System
38-TMSS-05 - Annunciator Systems
38-TMSS-06 - Dynamic System monitor
38-TMSS-07 - On-line Partial discharge monitoring system (132 & 380kV)
40-TMSS-02 - Metering Devices
40-TMSS-03 - Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)
48-TMSS-01 - Pilot Wire Cables
48-TMSS-02 - Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cables
48-TMSS-03 - Pilot Cable Termination Box
48-TMSS-04 - Pilot Cable Termination Equipment
48-TMSS-05 - Pilot Cable Termination Equipment With Cabinet
48-TMSS-06 - Medium Density Fiber Optics Terminal Equipment

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
48-TMSS-07 - Active & Passive Shelters for Telecommunication Facilities

48-TMSS-08 - Dense Wavelength Division-Multiplexing (DWDM) Equipment
48-TMSS-09 - Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment
48-TMSS-10 - Ethernet Switch
48-TMSS-11 - Communication Services Router
48-TMSS-12 - Fiber Optic Interconnecting Devices & Passive Components
48-TMSS-13 - Telecom Cabinets & Racks
48-TMSS-14 - Remote Fiber Testing System
48-TMSS-21 - MPLS-TP
SEC Engineering Standards

TES-P-103.06 - Communication DC Power Systems
TES-P-104.05 - Cable Installations, Engineering Requirements
TES-P-107.01 - Substation Automation System
TES-P-107.02 - Supervisory control and data acquisition system for transmission Substations with
substation automation system (SAS)
TES-P-107.04 - Substation automation system human machine interface general view
TES-P-107.05 - Cyber Security System Requirements for Substation Automation System
TES-P-108.02 - Overhead Line Protection System 110kV through 380kV
TES-P-108.04 - Teleprotection System
TES-P-108.09 - Transformer Protection System
TES-P-108.10 - Bus Bar and Circuit Breaker Failure Protection System
TES-P-108.11 - 11kV and 13.8kV feeder Protection System
TES-P-108.13 - Bus Section and Bus Coupler Protection System
TES-P-108.20 - SAS Events List for Transmission Substations with Substation Automation
System (SAS)
TES-T-111.02 - Communication Facility Grounding
TES-T-111.03 - Communications Facility Lightning and Electrical Protection
TES-T-111.05 - General and VF Level Circuit Performance
TES-T-111.06 - Fiber Optic and PCM Circuit Performance
TES-T-111.06 - Fire Optic and PCM Circuit Performance
TES-T-111.07 - PLC/SSB Circuit Performance
TES-T-111.08 - ACC/FDM Circuit Performance

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
TES-T-111.10 - Communication Feeder Cables

TES-P-119.27 - Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
21.4 Mechanical Work
Mechanical work shall include supply of equipment, materials and tools for the installation of
below described systems. The work shall also include equipment for start-up, testing and
commissioning for these systems and to execute other related services for the safe, efficient and
reliable performance and complete installation of this project in conformance with the
requirements as prescribed below.
21.4.1 Fire Protection Systems

For fire protection system the latest version of the HCIS safety and fire regulations shall be
applied. The fire protection concept is described separately as part of safety design package
which is prepared by HCIS approved fire protection consultancy.
The supplier of the fire protection system shall be licensed and registered to supply, install, test,
inspect and maintain specific fire protection systems (water based system, automatic
extinguishing system etc.) in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations of the KSA
including approval by HCIS.
In addition, the following SEC (Saudi Electricity Company) specifications shall be considered in
the design of fire detection/protection systems:
 TES B-106.01 Fire Detection and Alarm System
 TES B-106.06 Fixed Installation Total Flooding Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing
 TES-P-119.21 Fire & Loss Prevention and Security Requirements

Fire hydrant system at Shoiba Quaiza B pumping station shall be extended to cover new HV
substation.
21.4.2 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

Heating, ventilation and air conditioning system shall be provided for the Substation to maintain all
year-round desired indoor temperature and environmental condition for efficient equipment
operation. Outdoor and indoor design data for the substation are given in SEC specification TES-
K-100.1 and shall be used as basic design criteria of HVAC systems.
The following SEC (Saudi Electricity Company) specifications including other SEC specifications
referenced shall be considered in the design of HVAC systems:
 TES-K-100.01 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Systems Design
 TES-P-119.19 Substation Building and Site Development
 TES-P-119.21 Fire & Loss Prevention and Security Requirements
 73-TMSS-01 Air Conditioning Units, Packaged
 73-TMSS-05 Centrifugal Exhaust Fans

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
21.4.3 Crane
In HV switchgear room one (1) crane shall be installed with the below given nominal carrying
capacity. The given capacity values have to be taken as preliminary, final requirements are
subject to the weights of the offered equipment.
HV Substation (Switchgear room) 50 kN (Double Girder Overhead Crane)
21.4.4 Utility Water and Sewage Systems

As part of contract, utility water supply and sewage system at Shoiba Quaiza B pump station shall
be extended to cover the HV substation facilities.
21.5 Civil Works
21.5.1 HV Substation Buildings

Reference Drawing
QP10-Q-1524 HV Substation - Floor Plan, Cable Cellar
QP10-Q-1525 HV Substation - Section, Elevations
General Description
The HV substation building is a one story structure with a cable cellar (partial) and will
house the HV and MV switchgear rooms, LV and UPS room, control and protection room,
SEC metering room, clean agent room, battery room, telecom room, record room, HVAC
room, lavatories, storage, staircases and corridors. The HV switchgear room is equipped
with an overhead crane (refer chapter 21.4.3). The SEC metering room and the LV and
UPS room are equipped with double floors.
The elevation of the finished floor level is 0.30 m above station level, the finished floor level
of the cable cellar is approx. 3.45 m below station level.
Power transformer boxes are situated adjacent to the HV Substation buildings.
Construction
General:
For design and erection of the HV Substation buildings applicable SEC (Saudi Electricity
Company) standards and the related regulations have to be considered.
The following list of SEC standards shall be followed, but does not claim to be complete:
78-TMSS-12, Revision No.0 Floor systems for substations
TES-P-119.01, Revision No. 0 Introduction to substation design and standards
TES-P-119.02, Revision No. 01 Basic design aspects
TES-P-119.08, Revision No. 01 Clearances
TES-P-119.19, Revision No. 02 Substation Building and site development
TES-P-119.21, Revision No. 01 Fire and loss prevention and security requirements
Foundations:
Reinforced concrete slabs, watertight. Reinforced concrete slabs, watertight with skirting of
reinforced concrete at areas without cable cellar.

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

Below ground: Columns, beams and walls made of reinforced concrete, watertight.
External walls:
Below ground: reinforced concrete, watertight
Above ground: CMU (concrete masonry units) reinforced and fully grouted. Inside surface
of CMU are covered with insulation blankets (thickness approx. 70 mm) and fire rated
gypsum boards (thickness min. 16 mm). Exterior surface and interior surface of external
walls will be painted, colour selected by Engineer.
Interior walls:
Fire rating according TES-P-119.21, Revision No. 01 has to be considered.
Cable cellar: Reinforced concrete walls or hollow concrete block work covered with plaster.
Surfaces shall be painted, colour selected by Engineer.
painted, colour selected by Engineer. Lavatory rooms tiled (room high).
Stairs:
Stairs and pedestal made of reinforced concrete, bottom view fair faced and painted.
Colour shall be selected by Engineer.
Roofs:
layers of bituminous felt, thermal insulation of min. 100 mm gravel and concrete tiles. Roof
building. Access to the roof (stair case and mounted ladders) shall be provided in sufficient
numbers.
Doors:
Fire rating according TES-P-119.21, Revision No. 01 has to be considered.
Exterior and interior doors shall be either double leaf doors or single doors. Material and
finishing is described in chapter 21.5.2.
Water connections and sanitary equipment in the lavatories have to be provided in
accordance with the drawings and the room book.
Finishing works and building installations are described in chapter 21.5.2.
Air condition and ventilation are described in chapter 21.4.2.
Transformer boxes for two (2) distribution transformers are situation adjacent to the HV
substation building. The transformer boxes are constructed of reinforced concrete with
visible aggregate surface, without roof. Below the transformers oil-tight collecting basins of
reinforced concrete, water- and oil tight shall be provided. The volume of the basins shall
be equal to the total oil volume of the transformers, including a 10% safety margin for
possible rain water collected in the basins. The basins shall be equipped with slide gate
valves that shall allow frequent release of rain water but avoid spillage of oil to the sewage
system. An oil separator shall be provided upstream the connection to the station sewage
system. Side, partition and rear walls of the transformer boxes are 180 min fire rated
reinforced concrete walls with visible aggregate surface. The fence and the double doors
are constructed of aluminium or steel profiles with wire mesh. The floors of the transformer
boxes are partly covered by grating, grating with gravel or reinforced concrete.
21.5.2 Finishing Works and Building Installations

For finishing works and building installations refer to Chapter 11 above. The SEC standards shall

Scope of Work
Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1
be considered in addition. In case of conflicts, SEC standard shall prevail.
21.5.3 Station Civil Works

Complete station infrastructure shall be implemented such as roads, pavements, traffic areas,
drainage, sewage, utility water system, lighting, station finishing works, etc.
The civil works at the HV-Substation consists mainly of the following parts:
 All earthworks for provision of substation platform.

 All cable ducts and shafts for all underground equipment, including extension of cable ducts
from 380 kV substation.
 Civil infrastructure such as roads, trenches, paving, lighting, etc. as per their requirements.
 Car shed
 Civil infrastructures for drainage for storm water per their requirements.
 Civil infrastructures for utility water and sewage as per their requirements.
 External facilities such as the connection road from the station to the road network as per
their requirements.
 All works for HCIS requirements according to HCIS standard an stipulations in chapter 4.2.
For further details on station civil works refer to Chapter 12 above. The SEC standards shall be
considered in addition. In case of conflicts, SEC standard shall prevail.

QA10-G-1057 - G02 - Scope of Work

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

QA10-G-1057 - G02 - Scope of Work

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINEER’S STAMP: CONTRACTOR’S STAMP:

1 ISSUE FOR ADDENDUM 1 Disciplines Poelzer December 2019

SALINE WATER CONVERSION CORPORATION

SHOAIBA QUAIZA B WATER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

ILF & PARTNERS ENGINEERING PSC

PROJECT SPECIFICATION G02

SCALE: DOCUMENT No.: REV:

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

5.10 Hydraulic Calculations to be performed by the Contractor 42

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

11.7 Fire Detection and Alarm System 90

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

15 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL 136

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

21.1 General Scope of Work 162

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

1.1 Scope of this Specification

1.2 Responsibilities of the Contractor(s)

 Pipeline design, including survey and soil investigation for pipelines

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

 Coordination of pipe delivery program

1.3 Survey of Existing Facilities

1.3.1 Survey for Existing Facilities

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

 Topographical survey in compliance with the specification

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

1.6.2 Project Specific Abbreviations

Stations and Terminals:

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

1.6.4 General Abbreviations

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

1.6.6 Control and Communication Equipment and Functions:

1.6.7 Other Equipment and Functions:

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

3 DESIGN DATA AND SERVICE CONDITIONS

3.2 System Capacities and Flow Rates

Table 3-1: System Capacity and Flow Rates

3.3 Pipeline Segments and Length

The following pipeline segments have to be constructed for the project:

Table 3-2: Pipeline System and Segments

Pipeline Segment Diameter Approx. Length

3.4 Station, Elevations and Water Levels

I:\ATIBK_Projects\R420\5_WS\51_REP\Addendum 1\Volume_IV\QA10-G-1087_G02_Scope of Work.docx

Doc. - No.: Q A 1 0 - G - 1 0 5 7 Rev. 1

Table 3-3: Station, Elevation and Water Levels